Mechanical Engineering Safety Handbook 214f18

MECHANICJAL SAFETY ENGINEERING (Properg oJ'Engr. Eilward Aog)

'[;tBLlr. OF CONTENTS 'f

iTtE

PAGE

L t-tccupaiionai Safefy and Healrlr Standards (t)SHS) iL Roie of Supervisors in Sat'ety trl P onal Protective Equipment iri. &I achine Guarding Wotkins Seleli with I'I er:hines t*'. Boiler 1'I. Ammonia Hazards V[ Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning iH\,IAL]i Vil. Rule l1?0 Unfiretl Fressure \res-sels t1- Rule 1180 Internal Cornbustion Eneine --='-' X. Rule ll90 Steam Turbine XI. Electrical Saferv XII. Fire Safety

I 4 ..,

13

1i

i9 64 69 CC

96

I00 112

Xm.

Revise'r.t

XIV.

Rule 1100 Gas and Electric Weldin.e and Clutting ilperations

I

XV.

Rule 1220 Elevators aird Re.iqted Equipur,-.ni

I3l

XVL

ldachine Shop Laboratory Satety Guidelines

l4l

Fire tlode of the Philippines of 2tt08

121 _12

XVtr. Job Hazard Analysis

r44

XVIII.

C

onstruction Safety

I51

XtY.

Accident Investigation

l6l

XX.

Earthquake

168

XXL XXtr

Working Places, Ladders and Scaffolding

170

Annual'Work Accidental. Illness Exposure Data Report

10t22t2009

INTRODUCTION TO OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH STANDARDS

By virtue of the powers vested in the Department of Labor and Employment under Article 162 of the Labor Code of the Philippines, this Occupational Safety and Health Standards is hereby promulgated for the guidance and compliance of all concerned. This body of standards rules and regulations shall herearter be referred to as "Standards" '-

TABLE OF CONTENTS

1041 Gcicral Requiremenls 't042 Types and Compositim of Health end Safety Commilts '1043 Duties ot the Health and Safety Committee 1(X4 Tem of Offic6 cf 1045 Duties of Employers 1046 Duties of Workss 1047 Ddies ot the Safsiy Man 1048 Other Types of Salety Organizations

,mrtup

1m &fintons lm3 Adnbt.lon :d Enldcm{t IAq$lhp€dn hdigaimdRdil [email protected] WG*d3ilWP.|sd. 1ffi cnfd.n6ali, ol Trade Srcr€E RULE IOIO OTHER SAFETY RULES

l0ll Pdilgdh d R6 t0l2 Sri.l Rr'k

1013 Hedoc wdkpleG RI,LE IO2O REGISTRATION

kCkffi lE Rqbn&b Ud ,m P# d R{bt tq l@a Rqiffi l@1

1O!O TRAINING OF PERSONNEL IN

OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND

HEALTH

iBlfrffgPl@ 1@ffi lBTEhgdPdccndffi 180l Offi&nd.$bV clMd tg@ffi hhffidc+&d

The ol,octive of this Standard is to protect every workingman against the dangers of injury, siciiness or death through safe and healthtul working conditions, thereby assuring the conservation of valuaUle manpower resouices and the p, evention of loss or damage to lives and properties, consistent with national development goals and with the State's commitment for the total development of every worker as a complete human being. This Standards shall apply to all places of employment except oti:r.vise provided in this Standard.

RULE tO4O HEALTH AND SAFETY COMMITTEE

RULE Iq'O GENERAL PROVISION

RUIE

Objective

RULE 1O5O NOTIF]CATION AND KEEPING OF RECORDS OF ACCIDEENTS AND/OR OCCUPATIONAL ILLNESSES 051 Delinition! 1052 Speial PDvitlon 1053 Rrpdi Rcquiwnlr '1054 Kepine ot R@ds 1055 Evd@lim ot O$bilily 1056 Mcasu7lmf,l ot Pdhmere 1

sY

d&b

10t22t2009

RULE 1060 PREMISES OF ESTABLISHMENTS '1060

0'l G.n€ral Provisions 1061 Cmslrudion and Maintenan@ '1062

Spae Requiemsnt

Wallsay Surfa@ 1064 Floor and Wall Op6ning 1065 Stairs l()66 Wind@ Openings 1067 Fixsd Laddqs 1068 Ovortlead Walks, Runways and Platfoms 1069 Yards 1063

RULE tOTO OCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL '1071

GenoEl Provisions

1o72 1073 1074 1075 1 076 1077

Threshold Limil Valucs f6Airbom. Conlaminanls Threshold Limit Values forAirborne Contaminanls (Tables) Physi€l Agents lllumination Gentral Ventilation Working Environment Measurement

RULE 11OO GAS AND ELECTRIC WELDING AND CUTTING OPERATIONS 110O 1 1

Ol GeneEl Provisions

100 02 P6rsonal Proteclive Equipmeni 100 03 Welding or Cutling in Confined Spaces

RULE 1120 HAZARDOUS WORK PROCESSES 'l't2'l Underground Tank and Similar Confined Spa@ Wqk

RULE 1lrrc EXPLOSIVES 141 Grneral Provisions : 'l 42 Delinitions 1

1

143

,l44 1 1

'I

RULE 1O8O PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUTPMENT AND DEYTCES 1081 General Provisrm 1082 Eye and Fae Prot$tion '1083 Respiratory Proteciion 1084 Head Protstion 1085 Hmd and Arm Proteclion 1086 Safety Belts. Lite Lines aill Safety Nel 1 087 Use of Safety Shoes

RULE 1O9O HAZARDOUS MATERIALS 1091 Scope 1092 Deliniiions 1093 General Rules 1 094 Hot and Corrosive Substances 1095 Stqage 1C€6 Use of Lead and lts CmpMds

RULE I160 BOILER 1161 1 162 1 163 1 164 1 165

Detinitions General Provisions Power Boilars Heating Boilers

Cleaning and Reparrs i.166 Personal Proteclive Equipment 1 167 Color Coding 'l 168 Requirement in the Preparation of Boiler Pressure Vessels Plans

RULE 1170 UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS

Aulhorizalion

Limilatiq

145 Quaniity and Dis'ance Tables 146 Storage of Explosives Rstrds ot Dsposition ot Erplosives

'1147

RULE 1150 MATERIALS TIANDLING AND STORAGE 1'150.01 General Provisions '

RULE 12(x) MACHINE GUARDING

117'l Oefinitions 1 172 Steam Healed Pressure Vessels 1173 Closed Stsam Healed Pressure Vessels 'l 174 Open Steam HeateJ P:sssure Vessels 1 175 Water and Air Presilre Tanks 1r?6 ts-i igsation Tanks 1'177 Compressor 1 178 Gas Cylinders

RULE 1220 ELEVATORS AND RELATED EQUIPMENT 1221 Oefinitions

1201 Definitions 1202 Provisions of Guards

1222 Ge^et al Provisions

1203 Standard Machine Guards

1223 General Requirerents

1204 Machire Guard ai Poinl of Operaiion

'1224

1

205 Transmission Machinery Guarding

'1206

Woodworking Machinery

1207 Guarding Mechanical Power Presses

Ptrer

Standards Requirmmts Requirgrlanls in the Praration ol Plans

RULE 1230 IDENTIFICATION OF PIPING SYSTEM Presses and Foot and Hand

RULE 1210 ELECTRICAL SAFETY 121 1 Philippine Electric Code

1212 Electrical Safety lnsp€clim,

1213lnsp€ction

'1225

Fes

1214 Requirements in the Preparation of Electrical Plans

1230 01 S@pe 1230 02 Standard Requirments '1230.03 Definitions '1230,04 Melhods of iJentifietion of Contents of Piping

Systms 1230.05 Visibility '1230.06 Lo€tion of Stenciled or Letiered Legends 1230 07 Type and Size of Leners for Slencils

2

1012212009

RULE 1410 CONSTRUCTION SAFETY '1411

Definitims

RULE 1940 FIRE PROTECTION AND CONTROL 1941 General Provisims 1942 Delinitions

1412 General Provasions 1413 Exevation 1414 S€ftoldings 1415 Constructim Equipment 't416 Plant and Equipment '1417 Oemolition 14'18 Mechaniel Demolition 14'19 Explosives

'1943

Building Consiruclion and Facilities

1944 Fire Fighting

Feilities

'1945 Flammable and

Combustible Liquids

1946 Cmbustible Solids 1947 Electrical lnstallation 1948 Alarm Syslems and Fire Drills

RULE I95O PESTICIDES AND FERTILIZERS

RULE 1420 LOGGING '1421

Gereral Provisims Handtools General Logging Operations Use and Mainlenance of Power Saws Logging Engine '1426 Logging Engine Operation

1951 Scop€

1422 1423 1424 1425

1953 General Provisions

1427 f?d.ot Yading 142E Lines, Blocks Rigging

l

1952 Definitions 1954 Pesticides 1955 Fertilizss

g5iDisposal of Unwanted Materials

RULE 1960 OCCIJT,'.TIONAL HEALTH RULE 1980 AUTHORITY OF LOCAL GOVERNMENT

SERVICES 196't Generalffivisions 1962 Hazard@s Workplace 1963 Emergency Health ServicJs 1964 Trainino and Qualifications 1 9o5 Dulies of Employers '1966 Oc'upational Health Program 'l

General Provisions Authority to Chartered Cities Authority of Municipalities Authority of Other Govemment Ag-,;cies '1985 Application of this Standard of Existing Plans 3nd Authorities 1986 Duplication of lnspeclion 1981 1982 1983 19E4

967 Physi€l Examination

RULE I97O FEES

RULE I99O FINAL PROVIS'ON

1971 Gen€ral Provisions 1972 Explosives 1973 Local Fabri€tion of BoileryPressure Vessls i974 Certiiietes of Safety Praclitioner/Consulianls

'1991 Falss Statement cr Representation 1992 Separability 1993 Resolution of Conflicts and OverlapDing Jurisdicrions 1994 Repeal of Prior Sately O.ders 1995 Penal Provisions 1996 Effectivity

aa :j==:F' ------. DEPARTMENT OF LABOR AND EMPLOYMENT

Details:

OSH PRACJITIOHER

tions Employment

lntramuros, Manila

{\

CSTFMTE *rcCiEOBAru

EOW RD a.O. AiO

treets

Telephone: (632)5273483, 527 Fax: (632)5273483 Email: [email protected] Website: www.bwc.dole.oov.oh

rliErmftrc

347

2, 527 3481

equipment. Grounding should be provided for the entire system and indiviclual pieces equipment. Check ground connections regularly for tightness.

of

Portable Power Tools Saws

The circular saw is a heavy-duty tool with interchangeable blades for all types of woodcutting. The saber saw is somewhat smaller and used for smaller woodcutting jobs and curved cuts. A chainsaw may be either gasoline or electrically powered. Follow these safety rules when using saws:

o o o

Before cutting, inspect the material to be cut for nails or foreign objects. Make sure blade guards are in place and working properly. Stay alert! Saws are noisy and the sound may drown out warning shouts or instructions. o Wear goggles and a face shield to protect yourself from flying debris or sawdust. . lnspect blade regularly. First, turn the saw off and unplug it. Don't use dull or loose -.blades. o Don't overload the motor by pushing too hard or cutting material that is too heavy. o Be sure you have firm footing and balance when using any saw. Slips or falls can be deadly when you're holding a power tool.

Portable Drills Variable speed drills are versatile topls used for boring holes, turning screws, buffing, and grinding. Keep these pointers in mind when using thern:

o o o o

Select the corr6ct drill bit for the job to Ue Oonl. Use only sharp biti. Make sure the material being drilled is secured or clamped firmly: Hold d-rill firmly and at the correct angle. Don't force it to work or lean on it with all y'our strength.

Always remove the bit from the drill when you're finished.

For storing a cutting edge to drill bits, use a drill bit sharpener. It should be dogble-insulatecl and placed flat on a bench surface. Don't forget to wear safety glasses when you use the sharpener.

Grinding Wheels Bench grinders are useful for sharpening, shaping, and srnoothing metal, wood, plastic, or stone.

. o o o

Keep machine guards in place and wear ear and eye protectiorr Before use, make sure that wheels are firmly helcl on spindles and work rests are

tight Stand to one side while starting the motor, until operating speed is reached-this prevents injury if a defective wheel breaks apart. Use light pressuro when starting grinding, too much on a cold wheel may cause failure.

18

kinds of protection might be necessary. Hearing protectiorr may be needed rvhen operating noisy machines.

To guard the trunk of the body from cuts or impacts heavy or rough-edged stock, there are certain protective coveralls, jackets, vests, aprons, and full-body suits. Workers can protect their hands and arms from the same kinds of injury with special sleeves and gloves. Safety shoes and boots, or other acceptable foot guards, can shield the feet against injury when handling heavy loads which might drop.

and equipment can create hazards. A protective glove which can become caught between rotating parts, or a respirator face piece which hinders the wearer's vision, for example, require alertness and continues attentiveness wherever they are

It is important to note that protective clothing used.

Other clothing may present additional safety hazards. For example, loose-fitting shirts might possibly become entangled in rotating spindles or other kinds of moving rnachinery. Jewelries such as bracelets and rings can catch on machinery parts or stock and lead to serious injury by pulling a hand into the danger area. Some Clneral Safety Rules General safety rules apply to both stationary and portable equipment. Never let ouercrrnfidence lead you into taking unnecessary risks. The following nrles apply to every macltine or power tool you use:

. o . o o o o o .

Keep your work area well lit and dry. Maintain your tools. For tibst and safest perforrnance, keep them sharp, oiled and stored in a safe, dry place. Regularly inspect tools, cords and accessories. Repair or replace problem equipment immediately. KeeF your work area clean. Sawdust, paper, and oily rags area ztfire hazard and can damage your tools. Use sdfety features like three-prong plugs, double-insulated tools, and safety switches. Make sure machine guards are in place on large and small equipment. Use protective equipment when necessary. This rnight include satbty glasses, hearing protection and respiratory protection. Dress right. Never wear clothing jewelry that could become entangled in power tools. Install or repair equipment only if you're qualified. A faulty job may cause fires or seriously injure you or other workers. Use the right tool lorthejob Don't lorcc a srnall tool to do hcavy-drrty rvork Keep electric cables and cords clean, liee forrn kinks. Never carry a tool by its cords.

Good tool habits soon become second nature. Follow the machine safety guidelines at your workplace and the equipment you operate will serve you efficiently and safely.

Grounding is an Important Precaution Grounding is one of the most important safety measures to take when working with electric equipment. lt provides a safe path for electricity, preventing leakage of current in circuits and 17

Machine Guarding Methods There are many ways to guard machinery. The type of operation, size or bhape of stock, method of handling, physical layout of the work area, type of material, and production requirements or limitations will help determine the appropriate method for a given machine.

As a general rule, power transmission apparatus is best protected by fixed guards that enclose the danger area. For hazards at the point of operation, where moving parts actually perform work on stock. Several kinds of guarding are possible. Guards can be grouped under five general categones:

Guerds ere barriers which prevent access to danger

areas.

A safey device may perficrm one several functions. It may:

o

Stop the machine

o o

if

a hand or any part of the body is inadvertently placed in the

danger area.

Restrain or withdraw the operator's hands from the danger area during operation. =.Require the operator to use both hands on machine controls. Thus keeping both hands

o

Provide a barrier that synchronized with the operating cycle of the rnachine in order to prevent entry to the danger area during the hazardous part ofthe cycle.

Guarding by location or distance has many applications. A thorough hazard analysis of each machine and situation is necessary before attempting this technique. The machine or its dangerous moving parts must be positioned so that hazardous areas are not accessible or do not present hazard during the normal machine operation to guard a nrachine location. For example, locating a machine so that.a wall protects the worker is guarding by location.

Feeding and ejection methods of guarding limit hazards associated wittr feeding stock into machines once it starts to function. Miscellaneous aids do not provide complete prrctection from machine hazards, but provide an extra margin of safety. On example is an awareness barrier. An awareness barrier serves to remind you that you are approaching a danger area. Personal

P

rotective Eq uipment

Engineering oontrols that eliminate the hazard at the source and do not rely on behavior fbr their effectiveness offer the best and mot reliable means of safeguarding. l"herefore, engineering controls must be the employer's first choice for eliminating machine hazards. But wherevei engineering controls are not available or are not fully capable of protecting you, you must wear protective clothing or personal protective equipment (PpE). PPE is, of course, available for different parts of the body. Flarcl hats can protect the head fbrm the impact of bumps and falling objects when you work with stock. Caps ancl hair nets can help keep your hair from being caught in machinery lf machine coolants coulcl splash or particles could fly into the operator' eyes of face, the face shields, safety goggles, glasses, or similar,

16

-__r-and withdrawn. Machinery used for shearing operations includes mechanically, hydraulically, or

pneumatically powered shears.

Bending action results when power is applied to a slide in order to draw or stamp metal or other materials. A hazard occurs at the point of operation where stock is inserted, held, and withdrawn. Power presses, press brakes, and tubing, benders all use bending actions. Guard Requirements

What must a guard to do protect you from mechanical hazards? Guards must meet these minimum general requirements.

o

Prevent : The guard must prevent hands, arms, or any part of your body or clothing from making with dangerous moving parts.

o

Secure: Guards should not be easy to remove or alter; a guard that can easily be made ineffective is no guard at all. Guards and safety devices should be made of durable material that will withstand the conditions of normal use. They must be firmly ."=secured to the machines.

o

Protect him from falling objects: The guard should ensure that no objects oan fall into moving parts. A small tool which is dropped into a cycling machine could easily become projectile that could strike and injure someone.

o

Create no new hazards: A guard defeats its own purpose if it creates a hazard of its own such as shear point, a jagged edge, or an unfinished surface which can cause a laceration. The edges of guards, for instance, should be rolled or bolted in such a way that they eliminate sharp edges

o

Create no interference: You might soon override or disregard anyguard which keeps you fro-m doing your job quickly and comfortably. Proper guarding can actually enhance efficiency since it can relieve your worries about injury If possible, one should be able to lubricate the machine without removing the guards.

Even the most elaborate guarding system cannot offer effective protection unless you know how and why to use it. You should be aware of the following:

o o o o o

A description and identification of the hazards associated with particular machines The guards themselves, how they provide protection, and the hazards for which they are intended.

How to use the guards and why. How and under what circumstances guards can be removed, and by whom (in most cascs, repair or maintenance personnel only). What to do (e.g. your supervisor) if a guard is damaged, missing, or unable to provide adequate protection.

15

o

Other moving parts, or parts of the machine which move while the machine ls working, can include reciprocating, rotting and transverse moving parts as well AS feed mechanisms and auxiliary parts of the machines.

Hazardous Mechanical Motions and Actions

Different types of hazardous mechanical motions and actions are basic to nearly all machines. Recognizing them is the first step you can take toward protecting yourself from the dangers they present. We will briefly examine the following types of hazards in turn. Rotating Motion can be dangerous; even smooth, shaft ends, spindles, and horizontal or vertical shafting are some examples of common rotating mechanisms which may be hazardous. There is added danger when bolts, nicks, abrasions, and projecting keys or set screws are exposed on rotating parts on machinery.

In running nip points, or those locations

that can capture body parts in rotating machinery parts, are common, but dangerous hazards for the machine operator. There are three main types of in-running nips:

o *Parts that rotate in opposite directions while their taxes are parallel to each. These parts may be in or in close proximity to each other. In the latter case, the stock

o .

feed between the rolls produces the nip points. This danger is comrnor on machinery with intermeshing gears, rolling mills, and calendars. Another type of nip point is created between rotating and tangentially moving parts. Some examples would be the point of between a power transmission belt and its pulley, a. chain and sprocket, or a rack and pinion. NiP points can also occur between rotating and fixed parts which create a shearing, crushing, or abrading action, for example, spooked hand wheels or flywheels.

Reciprocating motions niay be hazardous because, during the back-and-fortfr or up-and-down motion, you might get struck by or caught between a rnoving and stationary pi.t. Transverse motion (movement in a straight, continues lines) creates ahazardbecause a worker may be get struck by or aught in a pinch or shear point by moving part.

Cutting action involves rotating, reciprocating, or transverse motion. The danger of cutting action exists at the point of operation where finger, head and arm injuries can occur and wheri flying chips or scrap material can strike the eyes or face. Such hazlrds ar; present at the point of operation in cutting wood, metal, or other materials. Typical machinL. having cutting hazards include band saws, circular saws, boring or drilling machines, turning machines (lathes), or milling machines.

Punching action results when power is applied to as side (ram) for blanking, drawing, or stamping metal or other materials. The danger of this type of action occurs at the point of operation where stock is inserted, held, and withdrawn by ha.nd, typical machinery used for punching operations are power presses and ironworkers.

Shearing action involves applying power to a slide or knife in order to trim or shear metal or other materials. The hazard occurs at the point of operation where stock is actually inserted, held, 14

MACHINE GUARDING WORKING SAFELY WITH MACHINES While machines allow more sufficient, productive work, you must use them with great caution. Safety should be foremost in your mind. When working with moving machine parts. [t's up to you wear protective equipment. Maintain equipment, and use safety features and tools correctly. You are in charge of your own personal safety on the job. Where Are the Regulations? The Occupational Safety and Health istration (OSHA) has put forth several regulations that applies to the us of electrically powered machinery. There are also guarding requirements under resistance welding. These requirements touch on lockout/tag out procedures during welding operations and point of operation guards fbr press welding rnachines. In generp_l that any machines part, function, or process that may cause injury must be guarded. Where the operation of a machine or accidental with it, can injure you or others, the hazard must be either controlled or eliminated. Serious Injuries Are Possible Crushed hands and arms, severed fingers, blindness the list of possible machinery-related injuries is as long as it is horrifying. There seems to be as many hazards created by moving machine parts as there are types of machines.,Guards are essential for protecting workers from needless and preventable injuries.

In addition, most machines and power tools are Oo*o"O by electricity. Elictrical hazards are equally debilitating. Electricity will give you a shock if you accidentally become a ground. Breathing can stop and nerve centers may be temporarily paralyzed. Your heartbeat is interrupted so blood stops circulating. Heat from the current can cause internal bleeding and destruction of nerves or muscles. The severity of injury depends on where current flows and how long, not the voltage. For example, did you know that 60/1000 of an ampere can kill you if it es through the chest? see that it's absolutely necessary to pay attention as you use equipment. A machine can pretty be unforgiving if you slip-up be sure you're in charge.

You can

Where Mechanical llazard Occurs These types of dangerous moving part need guarding:

o o

The point of operation or that point where work is performed on the material, such as cutting, shaping, boring, or forming of shock. Power transmission apparatus, or the components of the mechanical system which transmit energy to the part of the machine performing the work. These components include flywheels, pulleys, belts, connecting rods, couplings, cams, spindles, chains, cranks, and gears. 1

10t22t2009

Sal'etv Shoes and Boots

FALL PROTECTION Gloves

tx

i t:'

GF ,*

u* |

riln&,uLEWEBBNi

(71;

,i,:,/

See it. Analyze it. Do it

Accidents don't have to happen. You have a

choice

IL

10t22t2009

t )

{rf r{/,6# \

Air Purifying Respirators:

Respirators in rvhich the air you breathe is pulified using crrtridges or clnisten.

COMBINATION

GAS AND

VAPOR

PARTICULATE

SELF.CONTAINED BRf, ATIIING APPARATTIS (SCBA

)

lt

rci2z2009

Personal Protective Equipment

Learning Objectives Participants will:

. demonstrate appropriate choices regarding the use of personal protective equipment

EquipmenUlnstructional Aids Teaching Strategies

. in-class discussion . personal reflection . criticalthinking . questioning . demonstration

. Handouts (photocopy for class) . flipchart or whiteboard . power point presentation or . visual papers

Assessment Strategies '- . observation

Lesson Breakdown Purpose

Lesson At A Glance lntroductoryActivity - {hat is PPE? Learning Activity - Types of PPE Learning Activity - Using PPE

This module is designed to introduce participants to various types of PPE used to minimize exposure to hazards

Learning Oblectives Participantswill be able to: . demonstrate appropriate choices regarding the use of personal protective equipment (PPE) through scenario evaluation

Conclude Remihd participants that Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) serves only to reduce the risk of INJUry,

1o

Torso Protection

-

Use full aprons.

Lung Protection Use respiratory protective equipment, among these are the filter respirator, gas mask, air line respirator, contained breathing apparatus and hose mask. And for those who work at high levels, belts and life lines must be used.

Your Responsibility to Report Hazards Think about the potential for a hazardous situation in your workplace. Would you know what to do respond effectively? How do you report a safety problem orhazard?

A

hazard assessment reflects an employer's responsibility to provide a workplace free of recognized hazards that are likely to cause death or serious harm. Sirnilarly, you have a responsibility to report hazards you discover. In addition to participating in hazard assessments, make these common sense rules part of your routine on the job:

o tdentiff

o o o

o o o

all potential hazards before you begin a task. Respect all precautions - don't take any chances.

Check with a supervisor or somebody else in authority if you are unsure about a situation. Know in advance the potential problems in a situation, and what to do about them if they happen. Know your organization's hazard reporting procedure. Learn basic first-aid procedures and use them on the job only if your employer approves.

Report any hazagds to a supervisor or designatJd person as soon as you becomo ware of them.

Work at Working

Safety

,. .'

Because your health is important to you and yotrr cmploycr. take thc Following points to heart:

o o o o

Use common sense regarding safety on the job and comply with any applicable OSHA standards. Work with your employer in identiffing hazards on the job. Report any job-related injury or illness promptly and scek recommcndod trcatment. Follow your employer's safety and health rules and regulations, including the use of personal protective equipment on the job.

The goal of hazard reporting should be to make the workplace a safer environment for all the employees. That goal needs everybody's .

-T Eye injuries not only disable a person, but they often disfigure him. Per-injury cost is high to both employee and employer. Among the equipment used to protect the eyes are: cover goggles, protective spectacles, meter goggles and welder's goggles. Other typer; of PPE are face shields, bal biting helmets, welding helmets, hand-hold shield, acid proof hoods, hoods with air supply.

Overcoming Employee Complains Perhaps the most common complaint that people give as to why they do not want wear goggles is that they are uncomfortable. That is why equipment must be carefully fitted.

Protecting the Foot and Legs Where needed, safety shoes must be worn and the supervisor must see to it that workers wear the proper pro_tection. The responsibility for proper care of safety shoes rests with the employee.

Among the safety shoes worn in industrial establishments are:

o .

Free shoes (where there are severe electrical hazards or fire und

o o

construction industries) Leather shoes with wood soles or wood-soled sandals (for wet work conditions) Metatarsal guard shoes (where heavy materials such as pig iron & heavy casting are -- .handled)

.*pto.ion hazards) Gaiter type (to protect people from splash of molten metal or from welding sparks) likelihood of with energized electrical equipment is remote, for example in

.

Leg Protection

-

Use leggings or knee pads.

Protecting the Head Safety hats are needed on jobs where person's head is menaced by falling or flying objects or by bumps. Impact resistance is essential. Hats must be fire resistant and impervious to moisture, where with energized circuits is possible, only hats with shells made of non combustive fitting ing through the shell.

Dar Protection -reduced

Excessive noise must be whenever possible. Ear protection should be used only as a last resort. Anrong the equipment used are the insert type protectors and the muff type.

Hands and Finger Protection Depending upon the hazard or work, hands and fingers could be protected through the use of asbestos gloves, rubber gloves, leather gloves, chrome-tanned cowhide leather gloves, cotton or fabric gloves and coated fabric gloves.

Statistics (1997), 2.8 millio That works out to an avera dition, an average of l7 Ame 1996) these sobering statistics demonstrate that onditions or work practices in their workplaces everyday. while these hazards as much as possible at the source, this step is not onal Protective Eouipment (ppE) completes other measures your employer takes to create a safety environment for you.

Where are the Regulations

& Health istration (oSHA) has issued regulations governing the use of PPE in general inclustry. You can find them at 29 CFR, 1910.132-13g. your employer must establish and ister ppE program. The Occupational Safety

Hazard Assessrnent and Equipmcnt Sclection employer must assess your workplace to determine if hazards are present, or are , tot:,* likely be present, which necessitate the use of PPE. OSHA does not want your employer to rely only on PPE to protect against hazards, but rather to use PPE along with guards, engineering 1.1

controls, and sound manufacturing practices.

If the hazards cannot be eliminated (he most effective way of control) or controlled by cngineering dcsign, and I'PE worn by employccs, thc supcrvisors must do thc Iirllowing:

' . '

Be able to recognize the hazarcls, be familiar with the best safety equipment available to protect against these hazards. Know the procedu.J. fo. supplyinjthe equipment. Know how to maintain and clean the equipment : Develop an effective method for persuading all employees to dress safety and to wear the proper protective equipment when they should.

Getting some workers to use protective-e.quipment may be done one of the toughest jobs a supervisor must face. The safe rule to loliow when specil'ying or buying ,tt ,yp.. of salety equipment is to insist on the best equipment and deal wiih reputable firms. Do not take a chance on inferior items just because they may be less expensive. Protecting the Eyes Industrial operations expose the eyes to a variety of hazarcl flying objects, splashcs ol'corrosive liquids or molten metal, broken glass, dust and harmful radiations ar. ion111on examples.

These ten points are by no means represent all that a

superisor might reasonably be expected to however, give a broad coverage and some control of the Feople-Equipment-Machine and Environment concept so neoessary to the achievernent of a successfu I safety program. knorr in accident prwentiort.

fr"y,

o

. r . 'r

The supervisors and employee motivation The supervisor and job economics Organizational communication Employee training The supervisors and accident prevention

Safety Responsibility of the Line Supervisor The largest share of responsibility in the substantial reduction of accidents and injuries on the job falls on the shoulders of the supervisors, not because it has been arbitrarily assigned to him, but because accident prevention and production control are closely associated to these principle responsibilities:

. . . r . . . .

Establish Worker Methods Gving Job Instructions Asg People to Jobs Supervising People at Work Maintaining the Equipment and the Workplace Instill Safety Consciousness Proper Safety Equipment Education

Program

\.

Supervisor's Role in Accident Prevention The supervisor should know all there is to know about preventing accidents, especially as such knowledge relates to the work in his own department. In these days of changing technologies, new equipment and mate.ials, it is not always possible to know all there is about safety and prevention of agcidents, But the supervisor should be interested in safety and should have it in high beam, must have as a m-inimuni, general knowledge of the basic elements necessary for an effective safety program.

:

It is a must for a su[lervisor to know:

' '. ' . ' . ' '

Something about the general principle of machine guarding and how to recognize a hazard against unreasonable mechanical safeguards can be built. Needless to say, this knowledge is of little value to a supervisor who thinks that an occasional safety inspection of his department is a regular job for somebody else. That no manuf'acturing or processing operation can be made fbolproof. What personal protective equipment is being used in his departnrent. How to investigate an accident and to apply corrective action so that this will not happen again. Something about the general principle of fire prevention. The basic role which good housekeeping plays, not only in eliminating accidents, but also in fire prevention and in occupational health and protection of personnel. What mishaps occurred in his department? Basic needs of his personnel and the value of human relations and proper job instruction. That the modern management concept of planning, organizing, training and controlling are most important to safety and every phase of his work. 5

ROLE OF ST]PERVISORS IN SAFETY What makes a supervisor? t ! I

The supervisor is management on the front line. They directly influence the quality and quantity of goods and services produced. He must be an employee relation's marL a production man, an instructor and a quality control man. He has to be both friendly and at the same tiine disciplinarian.

To fulfill his responsibility to management and employees, he must learn to be at the right place at the right time. That means he has to be a planer not only for today, but tomorrow, next weelg next month. He has to anticipate demands and meet schedules in a manner, which will benefit the company and its employees. Being at the right place at the right time means the supervisor has to be, at times, a salesman, father confessor, engineer, pubtic and community relations man, spokesman for rnanagement, arbiter and many other things. Among the troublesome aspects of a supervisor's job is the matter of a discipline. But most of them agree that discipline cannot be bought about by use'of threa.s or punishment. The type of discipline that is built on fear is fast disappearing in industry today. Supelvisors are getiing far more satisfactory resulrs by building the morale of their employees. Discipline situations arise less frequently when employees are happy in their jobs. Pointers on How to Boost Morale of the Workers Have as few rules aS possible, but see to it that thel are observed. Involve workers to develop minimum workable units. that workers are people and that they prefer to be led. Avoid playing favorites - treat all workers alike. Speak to offenders privately. Make sure the worker is aware of and knows the rules he broke, informed about it and that allworkers know about it.

if not, see that he ls

Basic Principle of Superuision

It would be difficult to esablish

a hard and fast set of rules that a supewisor should go - by in every situation with which he may be confronted. There are, however, certain principles that are applicable to almost all conditions and situations, provided a person understands how to apply them.

A man who fully understands all of his responsibilities and duties as well as his authority, he will obtain bettcr cooperation from his fellow supervisors and his employees. It would be to his advantage to have a clean understanding of company policies and to know how to explain then to the workers. He should assume the responsibility not only for the quantity and quality of the production efforts of his employees, but also for the actions of his employees. 4

Portable Sanders These tools make finishing work faster. Two types are orbital and belt. these tips:

o . . .

Arrange the cord so that it won't be damaged by the abrasive belt Keep both hands on the tool for good control Hold onto the sander when you plug it. Clean dust and chips from the motor and vent holes regularly and lubricate when necessary.

Miscellaneous Portable Tools Irnpact Wrenches - They operate on electricity or compressed air and deliver extra power and torque for fastening and loosening bolt and drilling. Don't force a wrench to take on a job bigger than it's designed to handle. Don't use standard hand sockets or driver parts with an impact tool, they can't take the sharp blows. Don't' reverse direction of rotation while the trigger is depressed.

Soldering frons or "Guns" - They can be dangerous because of the heat they generate. Handle with care-ttrey easily cause third degree burns. Always assume that a soldering iron is hot. Rest a heated iron on a rack or metal surface. Never swing an iron to remove solder. Hold small soldering jobs with pliers, never in your hand. When cool, store it in its assigned area. Glue Guns

-

A glue gun can be real time saver. However, because it generates temperatures

as

high as 450 degrees F, avoid with the hot nozzle and glue.

Shop Vacuums - They enable you to keep a safe and clean work place. Use the conect hose size and accessory for the job you're doing. Clean frlters regularly and never use your vacuum to pick up flammable liquids or smoldering materials. Safety Rules for Stationary Machinery These are the big wbrkhorses of the shop and plant. to always stay alert and work with caution. These tools are powerful and often more complicated than their smaller cousins. First, a few general rules that apply to opcrating nrachincs:

o o o o o

Use all guards and safety devices that are designed to be used with the equipment. Never use a dull blade or cutting edge. Make adjustments and accessory changes when machinery is turned off and unplugged. If you're tired, take a break. Also don't take your eyes off your work or talk to anyone as you use the tools. Dress right; don't wear loose fitting clothing that can get caught

Table Sarv This saw has a large circular blade used to make a variety of cuts in wood or other material:

o

Never reach over the saw to push stock that has been sawed. 19

E

a a

o a

Stand slightly to one side, never in line with the saw. A "kickback" occurs when material being cut is thrown back toward the operator. Never use a dull blade. Don't cut "freehand" or attempt to rip badly warped wood. Use the splitter guard. Don't drop wood on an unguarded saw.

Radial-Arm Saw Often called the number one multipurpose saw in the shop, this sarv blade is rnounted on a moveable head, and slides in tracks or along a shaft. Most have built-in safety devices such as key switches to start them, blade guards, anti-kickback pawls, and blade brakes. Follow these precautions:

o

The saw and motor should always be returned to the rear of the table against the column after a cut is made. o Of the motor slows while cutting it means it is overloaded. This can be clue to low .-voltage, bad blades, or materials being fed too fast. o Keep the machine in good alignment and adjustment to prevent excessive vibration.

Drill Press The stationary drill press is a larger, more powerful version of a portable cirill. Rernember to:

o o

Clamp or securely fasten the material being drilled whenever possible. Make sure any attachments'are fastened tightly.

Miscellaneous Stationary Tools

Power Sartders - These machines do finishing work in a fraction olthe tiine it would take b5, hand. Always select the correct grade of abrasive for the job. Move the work around to avoid heating and burning a portion of the disk, belt, or wood. Itenrember to use the dLlst collector iI' the sander has one. Shapers - A shaper is used mainly fbr grooving and fluting woocls. It can Lre clangerous because of its high speed and because the cutters are difficult to guard cornpletely. When using a shaper, avoid loose clothing, wear eye protection and make sure the cutters are sharp and securely fastened.

Welding lVlachines

-

The high-intensity are of even small welding machines can cause severe burns. Non-flammable clothing and hand and eye protection are needed to protect against hot sparks and molten metal. Keep- the area around ihe welding operation clean-hot sparks can start fires.

20

T

l

.Walrk at lVorklng Safrily ,

Ptupcrcare and safety when using machinery is vital.

l.

Rgspect your equipment, know the dangers'it presents, and take safety precautions necessary to work without idury. practices. _2 Maintain equipment with regular servicing and 3. If you donlt know how to use a particul r piece of f be afraid to it it. Find someone who does and learn from an experienoed worker. 4- Thi+ s{et-y gn the job to ensure that you and your equipment will have a long and productive life.

good eq

21

Slide

1

This presentation is designed to assist trainers conducting OSHA 1O-hour General lndustry outreach training for workers. Since workers are the target audience, this presentation emphasizes hazard identification, avoidance, and control - not standards. No attempt has been made to treat the topic exhaustively. lt is essential that trainers tailor their presentations to the needs and understanding of their audience. This presentation is not a substitute for any of the provisions of the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 or for any standards issued by the U.S. Department of Labor. Mention of trade names, commercial products, or organizations does not ifiply endorsement by the U.S. Department of Labor.

Slide 2

29 CFR 1910, Subpart O

22

Slide 3

Slide 4

Slide 5

All parts of the machine which move while the machine is working can cause mechanical hazards. These can include reciprocating, rotating, and transverse moving parts, as well as feed mechanisms and auxiliary parts of the machine.

1

s1

o.2lztaltel tll a iiil

23

Slide 6

Slide 7

ln-running nip point hazards are caused by the rotating parts on machinery. There are three main types of in-running nips. Parts can rotate in opposite directions while their axes are parallel to each other. These parts may be in (producing a nip point) or in close proximity to each other (where the stock fed between th6 rolls produces thenip points). This danger is common on machinery with in-termeshing gears and rotating cylinders. Another type of nip point is created between rotating and tangentially moving parts; for example, a chain and a sprocket, a rack and pinion, or the point of between a power transmission heli and its pulley. Nip points can also occur between rotating and fixed parts which create a shearing, crushing, or abrading action; for example, spoked handwheels or flywheek;, screw conveyors, or the periphery of an abrasive

24

wheel and an in.correctly adjusted work rest.

Slide

8

Prevent-Agood safeguarding system eliminates the possibility of the operator or other workers placing parts of their bodies near hazardous moving parts. Secure - A safeguard that can easily be made ineffective is no safeguard at all. Guards and safety devices should be made of durable material that will withstand the conditions of rormal use and be flrmly secured to the mac]rine. Protect from fallinq-objects - A small tool which is dropped into a cycling machine could easily become a projectile that could strike and injure someone. Create no new hazards - A safeguard defeats its own purpose if it creates a lrazard of its own such as a shear point, a jagged edge, or an unfinished surface which can cause a laceration. The edges of guards, for instance, should be rolled or bolted in such a way that they eliminate sharp edges. Create no interference - Any safeguard which impedes a worker from performing a job

25

quickly and comfortably might soon be overridden or disregarded. Proper safeguarding can actually enhance efficiency since it can relieve the worker's apprehensions about injury. Allow safe lubrication - Locating oil reservoirs outside the guard, with a line leading to the lubrication point, will reduce the need for the worker to enter the hazardous arca.

Slide9

Slide 10

1910.212(a)(2)

As a general rule, powertransmission apparatus is best protected by fixed guards that enclose the danger area. For hazards at the point of operation, where moving parts actually perform work on stock, several kinds of safeguarding are possible.

26

Slide

11

An interlocked guard may use electrical, mechanical, hydraulic, or pneumatic power or any cornbination of these. lnterlocks should not prevent "inching" by remote control, if required. Replacing the guard should not automatically restart the machine.

Slide 12

Adjustable guards are useful because they allow flexibility in accommodating various sizes of stock, but, because they require adjusting, they are subject to human error.

Slide

Self-adjusting guards avoid the potential for human error associated with adjustable guards.

13

27

Slide 14

Slide

15 L_'

Slide 16

28

Slide 17

Tripwire cables must be manually reset to restart the machine.

Slide 18

This kind of control requires a part-revolution clutch, brake, and brake monitor if used on a power press as shown. A similar device, known aS a two-hand trip, requires concurrent application of both of the operator's control buttons to activate the machine cycle, after which the hands are free. This device is used with machines equipped with full-revolution clutches, The trips must be placed far enough from the point of operation to make it impossible for the operators to move their hands from the trip buttons or handles into the point of operation before the first half of the cycle is completed to prevent them from being accidentally placed in the danger area prior to the slide/ram or blade reaching the full "down" position.

29

Slide 19

Another potential application of this type of device is where the gate is a component of a perimeter safeguarding system. Here the gate may provide protection not only to the operator but to pedestrian traffic as well.

Slide 20

One approach to safeguarding by location is shown in this photo. Operator controls may be located at a safe distance from the machine if there is no reason for the operator to tend it.

Another approach is to locate the machine so that a plant design feature, such as a wall, protects the worker and other personnel. Enclosure walls or fences can "also restrict access to_machines. Another possible solytion is to have dangerous parts located high enough to be out of the normal reach of any worker.

30

Slide 21

Many feeding and ejection methods do not require operators to place their hands in the danger area. ln some cases, no operator involvement is necessary after the machine is set up. ln other situations, operators can manually feed the stock with the assistance of a feeding mechanism. Properly designed ejection methods do not require operator involvement after the machine starts to function. Using feeding and ejection methods does not eliminate the need for safeguarding. Guards and other devices must be used wherever they are necessary to provide protection from hazards. Automatic feeds reduce the operator exposure during the work process, and sometimes do not require any effort by the operator after the machine is set up and running.

The power press ,ni*n in the photo above has an automatic feeding mechanism. Notice the transparent fixed enclosure guard at the do!:ger area.

31

Slide 22

Robots may create hazards themselves. lf they do, appropriate guards must be used. The most common technique is to use perimeter guarding with interlocked gates. The American National Standards lnstitute (ANSI) safety standard for industrial robots, ANSt/RtA R15.06-1999, presents certain basic requirements for protecting the worker. However, when a robot is used in a workplace, the employer should accomplish a comprehensive operational safety and health hazard analysis and then implement an effective safeguarding system which is fully responsive to the situation. [Various effective safeguarding techniques are described in ANSI 811.19-1990 (R1ee7).I

Studies in Sweden and Japan indicate that many robot accidents c!id not,occur under normal operatihg cohditions, but rather during programming, program touch-up, maintenance, repair, testing, setup, or adjustment. During these operations, workers may temporarily be within the robot's working envelope where unintended operation could result in injuries.

32

Slide 23

Miscellaneous aids, such as these, do not give'complete protection from machine hazards, but may provide the operator with an extra margin of safety.

Slide 24

1e10.212(a)(3)(iii)

Slide 25

33

Slide 26

1e10.212(a)(5)

Slide 27

1910.215(aXa)

Slicle 28

1e10.215(bXe)

34

Slide 29

1910.219

Slide 30 i _-t

Slide 31

35

Slide 32

For more information on this subject, see the following OSHA publication available at www.osha.gov: Concepts and Techniques of Machine Guarding - OSHA 3067

36

Republic of the Philippines DEPARTMENT OF LABOR AND EMPLOYMENT lntramuros, Manila

RULE 1 160

Boiler 1161 : Definitions

:

(1) "Steam Boilefl shall mean any closed vessel wherein steam or other vapor is or is intended to be generated above atmospheric pressure by the application of fire, by the product of combustion, by electrical means, or by heat source.

(2) "Power Boilei' shall mean a steam boiler with a working pressure exceeding 1.055 kg/cm'gauge (15 psig).

(3) "Miniature Boiler" shall mean any power boiler which does not exceed any of the following liffilts: a.) 40.5cm (16 in) inside diameter or shell; b.) 106.5 cm (42 in) overall Iength of the shell; c.) 1.85 m' (20 ft2) water heating surface, or; d.) 7.03 kg/cm'(100 psig) maximum allowable working pressure. (4) "Low Pressure Heating Boile/' shall mean a steam boiler used exclusively for operation at a pressure not exceeding 1.055 kg/'im" (15 psig) or a temperature not exceeding 121"C (250"F).

'

(5) "How Water Boile/' ,..."t completely filled with water and is inten(ed to be heated " above atmospheric pressure by the application of fire or such products of combustion by electrical means, or other heat source. \

,r'

(6) "Working Pressure" shall mean gauge pressure above atmospheric pressure in kg/cm2g (psig).

(7) "Boiler Horsepower' in the absence of Manufacturer's Data Boiler Horsepower shall mean the equivalent of 0.95 sq. m (10 sq. ft) of heating surface for vertical type boilers and the equivalent of 0.46 sq. m (5 sq. ft) of heating surface for other types. '1162 :

General Provisions

:

(1) No boiler shall be installed and/or operated in the Philippines without the permit issued for the purpose by the Secretary of Labor or his/her authorized representative.

(2) Application for installation of a new boiler shall be filled with the Bureau or in the Regional Office with available professional mechanical engineer (PME) for processing and verification accompanied by the manufacturer's data sheets, working, drawings, foundation design computation, installation and location plans, all in five (5) copies (white print). 37

(3) Application to locally fabricate boilers shall be filed in five (5) copies with'the Bureau or in the Regional Office concerned. accompanied by design dr:awings, computations and specifications. (4) Major repair work on pressure parts of boilers shall be done after the details of the repair and the design plan shall have been processed and cleared by the Bureau or Regional Office. After repairs, the boiler shall not be operated or used without the permit issued by the Secretary. (5) Any removal and/or change of locatlon or ownershlp of a steam boller shall be reported to the Bureau or RegionalOffice concemed by the old and new owners not later than thirty (30) days after the sale or transfer. Such boilers shall not be operated or used without the required permit. (6) All portable pressure vessels with operating permit issued by the Secretary or his/her

authorized representalive shallbe honored in the Philippines during the period covering the permit. (7) The minimum personnel requirement in the operatbn of boilers shall be in accordance with Section 34, Article lV of R.A. 8495, othenrise known as'The Philippine Mechanical

Engineerigg Act of '1998". 1

162.01 : Standards Requirements:

For purposes of fabrication, as well as inspection, checking, test, and other consideration prior to the approval / clearance of any of The fabrication and installation application and plans and use of any boiler, the following in aceordance with the latest revision are hereby adapted :

1.

ASME Boiler and Pressune Vessel Code;

3.

API codeJor petroleum gases and liquids; .ISO code; and The Philippine Society of Mechanical Engineers (PSME)

4. 5.

Code.

-

1162.02: lnspectioo of Boilers: (1) The RegionalOffice concerned through its authorized technical safety inspectors shall conduct inspection, both intemally and externally on all boiler parts and appliances on the following phases of work:

a.) During construction orfabrication, if manufactured in the Philippines and hydrostatically tested at 1.5 times the design pressure after completion of work; b.) Before being placed into service after completion of installation and hydrostatically tested at 1.5 times the design pressure:

c.) Before being placed into service after completion of reconbtruction or repair and hydrostatically tested al 1.2 times the maximum working or operating pressure; and d.) Periodically at intervals of not exceeding twelve (12) months. The RegionalOffice concerned shallserve Notice of lnspection for the annual inspection of boiler to the owner/ thirty (30) days before the expiration of the permit to operate the boiler and at exact date of scheduled inspection, the owner/ shall have the boiler drained, cooled, opened-up and thoroughly cleaned for the conduct of internal and external inspection on all

38

boiler parts and appliances. Hydrostatic pump shall always be made ready just in case the boiler is to be subjected to a hydrostatic test. (2) The result of internal and external conduct of inspection on all boiler parts and appliances,

may upon the discretionary power/privilege of the technical safety inspection authority, decide whether or not to subject the boiler to a hydrostatic test. (3) Boiler subjected to hydrostatic test shall be:

a.) with a test pressure equal lo 1.2 times the maximum working or operating pressure. The minimum temperature of the water used shall not be less than 21'C (70"F) and a maximum temperature not to exceed 71'C (160'F). b.) under proper control, to reach the required test pressure gradually, and in no case shall this test pressure be exceeded by more than six percent (6%). (4) During hydrostatic test, lhe safety valves shall be removed and the valves disc held down by means of testing clamps and not by screwing down the compression screw upon the spring.

(5) In lieurof hydrostatic test, radiographic, ultrasonic, thickness gauging magnetic particle, liquid penetrant and/or other equivalent nondestructive test shall be performed on the boiler head, shell and tubes, including operational test on boiler instruments and appliances. AH test shall be performed in the presence of the inspection authority. The test results shall be certified true and correct, signed and sealed by a professional mechanical engineer (PME',. and signed by the owner / as well. (6) Boilers found unsafe shall not be operated until the boiler defect/s is/are corrected and their fittings are in good condition to ensure safe operation. 1162.03 : Age Limit of Lap-Riveted Boilers:

.

The age limit of a horizontal return tubular boiler having a longitudinal lap t and carrying over 3.5 kg/cm2g (50 psig) pressure shall be twenty-five (25) years. No riveted t boiler shall be discontinued from service solely on of age. However, within a period of five (5) years after the effectivity of the standards, a t lap-riveted boiler maybe used provided that the lap ts are thoroughly investigated particularly for cracks in the lap-ts, the boiler tested hydrostatically to 1.2 times its working pressure and the general condition of the shell, tubes, sheets, ts rivets and other parts wanant turther use of the boiler, as tound by the satety inspector in the presence of the owneds/establishment's plant mEchanical engineer provided however that the total service age of the boiler is not more than twenty five (25) years. 1162.04 : Construction of Steam Boilers: (1) steam boilers are to be-constructed in accordance with the procedures/process of the standards requirements provided under rule 1162.01 (2) Steam boilers, their fittings and attachments shall be:

a. designed to adopt to the condition of their use; and

39

b.

' L

constructed of sufficient strength to sustain internal pressure to wtiich they are normally subjected.

1162.05 : Boiler Records: (1) Every boiler shall be accompanied by a certificate showing all the technical specifications used by the manufacturers including allthe design standards and dimensions and the makers nameplate affixed on the boiler. (2) Alt second hand or rehabititated boilers shall be accompanied by detailed working drawings and certificates executed by a Professional Mechanical Engineer calculating the ultimate tensile stress which shall not exceed 3873 kg/cm2 and (55000 psi), the t efficiency of not more 90% for radio graphed and heat treated butt fusion weld, and a factor of safety of not less than five (s).

-

(3) The certificates shall also contain the results of all the control tests conducted during the ' manufacture of the material and the construction of the

-

(4) The@rtificates shall be kept on file by the owner, ready and available to present during the course of inspection.

-

(5) Every boiler owner/ shall keep a boiter maintenance which stratl snow the dates of all the tests, internal and extemal inspections, replacements and repair.

boiler.

1163 : Power Boilers

:

1163.01 : Boiler Rooms

-

.

:

(1) Clearance around the boiler to the boiler room waH'or any equipment shall be at leqst 100 am (g.ZA ft). Boiler room Lhall have two independent doors tor e'asy access.

a. in separate buildings of fire-resistant materials used for nb other purpose and situated

h

not less than 3m (10 ft) away from buildings not forming part of the factory, or in sfrrrnJrrra nf firc resistant matarials if situated in the same factory '--.-.,'v--...buildings or in cloSe s.

rkrooms in which flammable or explosive substances rated, there shall be no exits or other wall openings in i__

I L I i-

ash pits or high pressure steam line tunnels and other places being trapped in the event of explosion or rupture of steam ss thln (2) adequate exits which shall be kept clear of any obstructi

(4) Rails, walts, runways and stairs of iron or steel construction with non-stip surface shall be provided for convenient and safe access to overhead valves, water columns, feed water regulators and other fittings.



(5) Runways located on top or alongside a battery of power boilers shall be provided with not less than two (2) means of descent.

(6) Power boiler rooms shall be of sufficient height to permit installation and operation of all valves and safety devices with a minimum clearance of 90 cm (3 ft) above the highest valve fitting or levers. (7) Pits in power boiler rooms shall be covered or guarded by standard railings and toe-boards. (8) Where power boilers are ed by structural steel work, the shall be located or insulated that the heat from the furnace cannot impair the strength of the stSel. (9) Power boiler seftings shall be provided with suitably packed op"ning:'or sleeves of sufficient size to permit the expansion and contraction of the pipes. (10) Wehboftom stationary boiler shall have a space of not less than 30 cm (12 in) between the bottom of the boiler and the floor line to provide access for maintenance or inspection. (1 1 ) Cleiibnce around the boiler to the boiler room wall or any eq,lipment shall be at teast 90 cm (3 ft). Boiler room shall have two independent doors for easy access. 1

163.02 : Factor of Safety:

The working pressure shall be reduced to maintain a factor of safety of not less than five (5) or such other factor as may have been specified/fixed in the specffication, to which the boiler was made by increasing the factor of safety by ten percent (10%), or more as determined by the enforcing inspection authority under the following conditions:

the inspection shoyvs signs of deterioration affectirig the integrity of the boiler/s unless repair is/are undefiaken; and b. after twenty five (25) years of service

a.

1163.03 : Accesslnd lnspection

:

Power boiler or parts thereof shall be equipped with suitable manholes or other openings for inspection, examination and cleaning. (1) Hand-hole openings in heads or shells of power boilers shall not be less than 70 mm x g0 mm (2%in x!/zin). (2) Each power boiler shall be equipped with at least one (1) satety valve if the heating surface is 46.5 sq. m (500 sq.ft) og less and two (2) or more if the heating surface is over. The safety valves shall be:

a.) placed as close as possible to the boiler; b.) connected to the boiler independent of any other steam connection; and c.) placed between the boiler and the discharge point when installed in the pipeline.

(r,

(3) The safety valve or valves on power boilers shall be of sufficient capaciti to discharge all the steam generated by the boiler without allowing the pressure to rise to more than

a.) six percent (6%) above the maximum allowable working pressure; or b.) six percent (6%) above the highest pressure to which any valve is set. (4) Seats and discs of safety valve for power boilers shall be of suitable corrosion-resistant materials and the seat shall be secured on the valve body to avoid the p3ssibility of the seat lifting off.

(5)Safety valves for power boilers shall be constructed, tested and maintained in the following manner: a.) the failure of any part will not obstruct the tree and full discharge of steam from the valves; b.) no shock injurious to the valves or to the boiler shall resort from its operations; and c.) the valve can be turned on its seat. (6) Safety.valves for power boilers shall be:

a.) capable of being adjusted and set to operate without chattering. b.) sealed orothenrise protected to prevent tampering by any unauthorized person; c.) provided with a special means for lifting the valve for testii.rg purposes; and d.) located to enable the boiler attendant to hear readily the discharge. (7) Safety valves discharge outlets for power boiler shall be located or piped out away from running boarrds and platforms, preferably not less than 3 meters (10 ft) above the platforms. (8) When the discharge pipes are used on safety valves forpower boilers, they shall be:

a.) not less in cross-sectional area than the full area of the valve outlets, and b.) fitted with open drains to prevent water lagging in the upper part of the valves or in the pipes. (9) When mufflers are used on safety valves for power boilers, they shall:

a.) have sufficient outlet area to prevent back pressure from interfering with the proper operation and discharge capacity of the valves; and

b.) be constructed to avoid any possibility of obstruction of the steam age due to deposits.

(10) Superheaters ananged in a manner that they can be isolated from power boilers shall be located near the steam outlet. However, valve or valves maybe located anywhere in the lengths of the outlet heater if there is a uniform flow of steam through the superheater tubes and heater. (11) Economizers used on power boilers shall be equipped with at least one (1) safety valve provided with seats and discs of corrosion resistant materials, if there is an isolating valve between the drum and economizer.

4t

(12) Miniature boilers shall be equipped with sealed safety valves connected birectly to the boiler. Miniature boilers with no extract'ron of steam (closed system), may in addition to safety valves, be provided with a rupture disc relieving device. . ' 1163.04 : Stop Valves: (1) Steam discharge outlets on boilers, except safety valves, shall be equipped with stop valves located at an accessible point in the steam delivery line and as near the boiler as practicable. (2) Quick and convenient means of maniputating the principalstoj valves on power boilers shall be provided.

a.) by extending the valve spindles so that the valves wheels may be operated:

i. from the floors of the boiler rooms by means of chains, gears or other mechanicdl devices, or ii. from outside the boiler rooms in case of emergency. b.) b.) by installing remote controlstations for electrically operated valves in a protected tr":: where they may be operated without danger.

(3) When two or morc power boilers are connected to a common steam main, the steam connection from each boiler equipped with a manually opened valve shall be fitted with two stop valves havirrg between them an ample free-flow drain. The discharge shall be visible to the operator while manipulating the valves. (4) When stop valves on power boilers are located where water may accumulate, ample drain shallbe provided. 1163.05 : Water Column Pipes:

'

(1) Pipes connecting water cblumns to power boilers shall not be less than 25 size, and as short and direct as possible

mmlt

in) pipe

(2) Horizontal retumto water columns shall be taken from the top of the shell in the upper part of the head and the water connections from a point not less than i5 cm (6 in) below the lowest center line of the shel!. (3) On the fire box type of power boilers, the water connections shall be taken from a point not less than 25 cm (10 in) below the lowest water line or as near thereto as possible, and no case less than 45 cm ( 18 in) above the mud ring. (4) Whenever practicable, water connection from power boilers to water column shall be provided with a cross at eaci right angle turn, to facilitate cleaning. (5) Water columns on power boilers shall be fitted with drain cocks or drain valves with suitable connections to a safe point of disposal.

(6) No outlet corrnection allowing the escape of an appreciable amount of steam or water shall be placed on pipes connecting water column to medium and high pressure boilers, except for damper regulators or feed water regulators, drain, steam gauges or apparatus of similar form.

(rg

1163.06 : Steam Gauges:

(1) Each power boiler shall be equipped with steam pressure gauge, placed as follows:

a.) free from vibrations; b.) conveniently adjusted; and

c.) afford a clear and unobstructed

view to the attendant from the usual operating position,

in front or at the side. (2) Steam gauges, in satisfactory working condition for power boilers, shall be connected to the steam space or to the water column on its steam connection by siphons or equivalent devices

which shallbe:

a.) of sufficient capaci$ to keep the gage tube with water; and b.) ana rged that the gauge cannot be shut-off from the boiler, except:

i.

by a cock placed near the gauge and provided with the level handle fitted parallel to the pipe when the cock is open, or ii.--by a cock or shut-off valve of 3Skg/cmt (500 psig.) rating or over.

(3) Steam gauges connection for power boilers shall be as short as practicable. (4) Dials f
a. be of size and marked that the graduations of the pointer can be clearly determined by a b.

c.

person with normalvision from a distance equalto one and one half (1112) times the width of the boiler front; be gradtiated to not less than 1% times the pressure at which the safety valve is set, preferably to about?ouble such pressure. The graduation shall be so arranged that the pointer will be at neady vertical position when indicating the working prelssure; and have the working pressure indicated in red on the dial.

(5) All steam gauges in any power boiler room shall be of the same type, size and graduation.

(6) Each power boiler shall be provided with a valve connection near the regular connection of the steam gauges for the exclusive purpose of aftaching gauge set. 1163.07 : Water Gauge Glasses:

('l) Each power boiler, except once-through boilers with no fixed steam and water-lines, shall be equipped with at least one fl ) water gauge glass, which shall be:

a.) located within the range of vision of the boiler attendant; b.) fitted at top and bottom with quick closing valves easily closed from the floor in case the

f

i

glass breaks; c.) connected to the water column or directly to the boiler by piping of not less than 12 mm (15132 in) diameter; d.) equipped with a valve drain piped to a safe point of disposal; and

{g

e.) provided with a wke glass or other suitable guard for the protection of workers from flying glass or escaping hot water in case of breakage, and such guard shall not obstruct free observat'rcn of water leve[. (2) Water gauge glasses on power boilers shall be located in such a way that when the visible water level is at its lowest reading in the glass, the reading should not be less than:

a.

75 mm (3 in) of water over the highest point of the tubes, flues or crown sheets in horizontal fire tube power boilers; or b. 50 mm (2 in) of water above the lowest permissible level in water tube power boilers.

(3) Miniature boilers operating on the closed system, where there is insufficient space for the usual water gauge glass, may be provided with water level indicators of the glass bull's eye type.

1163.08 : Gauge Cocks: (1) ll>

a. Subject to the provisions of the succeeding sub-paragraphs, each power boiler shall be b.

c. d.

equipped with three or more gauge cocks located within the range of the-visible length of the water glass; When the boiler is equipped with water gauge independently connected to the boiler and located not less than 70 cm (28 in) apart on the same horizontal line may not be provkled with gauge cocks; Gauge cocks shall be equipped with at least one (1) try-cock each; and For boilers of the locomotive $pe not over 90 cm (35 in) diameter, and for boilers of the fire box and watering types with a heating surface not exceeding 5 sq. m (53 sq. ft) only two (2) gauge cocks shall be required.

(2) Gauge cocks tocateiabove normal reaching distance from the floor or working level shatl be provided with:

a. permanently attached rods with chains for operation from the floor, and b. suitable means to prevent water or steam discharging on workers manipulating the rods or chains. 1163.09 Fusible Plugs

:

(1) Fusible plugs, when used on power boilers, as additional low water alarms, shall be renewed at intervals not exceeding twelve (12) months. Casings, which,have been used, shallnot be refilled. I I

I

(2) Fusible plug, after insiection, should be reptaced with the same or equivalent specifrcations of the origina! plug. (3) Fusible plugs shall not be used on power boilers operating at pressures exceeding 17.5 kg/cm2g (250 psig).

I

(4) Steam actuated fusible plugs, when used in power boilers, shall be located that they can be operated when the water level is at a point where a fire actuated fusible plug is located. 1163.10 : Blow-Off Requirements

:

(1) Each power boiler, except once-through boilers with no fixed steam and water line, shall be equipped with at least one (1) blow-off pipe fitted with valve cock directly connected to the lowest water space, and the boiler shall be designed and installed that allwater can be drained

from it. (2) Each bottom blow-off pipe on a power boiler forming a part of a range of boilers having a common blowoff pipe, drain or pump, shall be fitted with:

a. b.

c.

two (2) slow opening valves, or one (1) slow opening valve, and one (1) quick opening valve or cock, or a valve operated by a key which can only be removed when the valve is closed. The key shall be the only one available for the blow-off valves of the range of the boilers.

(3) Valves for bottom blow-off pipes on power boilers shall be free from dams or pockets which may collect sediment and restrict the flow of water.

t

(4) When exposed to direct furnace heat, bottom blow-off pipes on power boilers shalt be protected by fire bricks or other heat heat-resistant materials arranged that the pipes can be readily inspected.

i

(5) Blow-cff pipings on po^rer boilers shall discharge at a point where there is no danger of injury to workers, and shall not be connected to the sewer or the boiler, untess first ed through a blow-off tank. (6) Blow-ofi tanks whenosed, shall be:

a. L t

b.

provided with a vent pipe of sufficient size to prevent the ar:cumulatii of pressure in the tank; and located that all parts are accessible for inspection.

1163.11:

FeedWaterSystems:

.

t'.

(1) The discharge end of feed water pipes for boilers shall be:

I

a. located that the feed water at no time will discharge:

t I

directly against surfaces exposed to direct radiation of the fires or to gases at high temperature, 6nd close to any riveted ts of the fumace sheets or to the shell.

(2) Feed pipes for power boilers shall be provided with a check valve near the boilers and a valve or stop cock between the check valve and the boiler.

?0

(3) When two or more power boilers are fed from a common source, the main feed pipe shall also be provided with a check valve between the water sr"rpply to prevent the water from backing out from cne boiler to another.

(4) Power boilers equipped with duplicated feed water arrangements shall conform to the requirements of 1163.09 on water supply souroe. (5) Where economizers or other feed water heating devices are tonnected directly to power boilers without intervening valves, the required feed and check valves shall be placed on the inlets of the economizers of water heaters. (6) Miniature boilers shall be provkled with at least one (1) feed pump or other feeding device except on ctosed system boilers where a suitable connection or opening shall be provided to fill the boiler when cold or when the water main has sufficient pressure to feed the boiler at any time while under pressure.

l{64:

Hoating Boilers:

1164.01 : Working Pressure and Temperature

:

(1) The maximum allowable pressure of boiler used exclusively for low pressure steam heating shallnot exceed 1.0SSkg/cm'zg (15 psig). (2) The maxirnum allowable working temperature at or near the outlets of hot water boilers shall not exceed 121"C (250'F). (3) Where the pressure on a low pressure steam boiler or the temperature of a hot water boiler exceeds any of those specitied in the (ireceding paragraphs (1) and (2) the requirements of Rule 1163 shall BE USED. 1164.02: Access and Ojenings

:

-

(1) Steel plate loqv pressure steam boiler shall be provided with'suitable manhole or washout opr:nings to facilitate inspection, cleaning and maintenance. However, manhole openings may be omifted where the size or construction of the boiler is such that entrance is impracticable.

(2) Manhole, handhole or washout openings in heads shall be provided, except boilers constructed where such openings are inaccessible or boilers of the locomotive or fire-box type when set in brick or boilers used exclusively for hot water heating and are not in compliance with the requirements of Rule 1163.03. (3) Cast iron low pressure steam or hot water boiler shall be provided with suitable washout openings to permit the removal of sediments. (4) Access doors in steel-plate low pressure steam boiler seftings shatl not be less than 30 cm x 40 cm (12in x 16 in). 1164.03 : Safety Valves

:

9t

Each low pressure steam boiler shall be equipped with at least one (1) safety valve which shall: (1) Conform with the requirements of Rule 1 163.03 (2) to (8) and (2) be sealed and adjusted to discharge at a pressure not exceeding 1.055k9/cm2g (15 psig) with the sealattached so that the valve cannot be taken apart without breaking the seal.

1164.04 : Water Relief Valves

:

(1) Each hot water boiler shall be equipped with at ieast one (1) water relief valve placed on a verticaldead-end pipe attached to the cold water supply pipe close to the boiler or directly to the boiler and the discharge point free from any intervening valve or obstruction. (2) Water relief valves for hot water boilers shall be set to open at or below the maximum allowable working pressure. (3) Diaphragms, valves, seals or discs of rubber or of composition liable to falldue to deterioration when subjected to hot water or steam shall not be used on water relief valves for hot water boilers. (a) WatJrrelief valves in hot water boiler shall be located where there is no danger of scalding persons. 1164.05 : Stop Valves

:

(1) Where a stop valve is used in the supply pipe connection of a single low pressure steam or hot water boiler, a stop valve shallalso be provided in the return pipe connection. 1164.06 : Water Column Pipe

:

II

Water column pipes on ldw pressure steam or hot water boilers shall conform tb the requirements of Rule 1163.05 (1) to (6). -

;

1

II

Each low pressure steam boiler shatl be equipped witlr steam pressure gauge, conforming, with the requirements of Rule 1 163.06. However, scales on dials of steam gauges for low pressure steam boiler shall be graduated to not less than 2 kg/cm'zg (28.5 psig) and the face of the pressure gauge not less than 75 mm (3 in).

'

1164.08 : Pressure or Altitude Gauge

164.07 : Steam Gauges:

I

I

:

(1) Each hot water boiler shall be provided with a pressure or altitude gauge connected to the -cannot be shuFoff from the boiler except by a cock placed on the pipe boiler in a manner that it provided gauge with a tee or level handle so fitted that it will be parallel to the pipe and near the when the cock is open. (2) Scales on dials of pressure and altitude gauges on hot water boiler shall:

.fi

a. b.

be graduated to not less than one and one-half (1%) times the maximum allowable pressure of the boiler; and have the maximum permissible working pressure indicated in red.

1164.09 : Pressure Combustion Regulators

:

When pressule combustion regulators are used on low pressure steam boilers, they shall operate to prevent the steam pressure from rising above 1 kg/cm2g(i4.25 psig). 1

164.10 : Thermometers

:

Hot water boiler shall be equipped with a thermometer:

a. properly located for easy readirrg when observing the water pressure; and b. sufficiently connected to indicate at all times the temperature of the water in the boiler, 1164.11 : Temperature Combustion Regulators: Each low?ressure steam boiler shall be equipped with one or rhore water gauge glasses. (1) With the lower fitting provided with a valve or pet cock to facilitate cleaning, or(2) Otherwise conforming to the requirements of Rule 1163.08 (1) and (2).

1164.12: lnstallation of Pipes

:

Hot water heating system shall be so installed that the fluid release column cannot be accidentally shut-off. 1164.13 : Btow:Off Equipment

'

:

Each low pressure steam or hot water boiler shall be equipped with a blow-off'connection conforming with the provisions of Rule 1 163.10 (1) to (6).

1164.14: Feed Piping: (1) Feed or make-up water shall not be discharged directly against any part of a low pressure steam boiler exposed to direct radiant heat. (2) Where feed or make-up water is introduced into hot water boilers from a steam or water pressure line, the line shall be connected to the piping system and not directly to the boiler.

(3) Feed water shall not !e introduced into low pressure steam or hot water boiler through the openings used for the water column gauge glasses or gauge cocks. 1164.15 : Automatic Fuel Cut-Off and Water Feeding Oevices

:

Each automaticatly fed steam or vapor system boiler shall be equippeo'-,:.,ith an automatic towwater cutoff or water feeding device constructed and located that when the surface of the water falls to the lowest safe water line:

9q

a. the water inlet valve cannot feed water into the boiler through the float chamber; and b. the device willautomatically :

i.)

cut-off the fuel supply; or

ii.) supply requisite feed water; or iii.) sinrultaneously cut-off the fuels and feed water supply. 1165 : Cleanlng and Repalrs: 1165.01

:

Repairs and adjustments, such as tightening up flanged fittings shallnot be made on boilers and steam lines while under pressure. 1165.02

:

Before allowing workers to enter boilers for the purpose of making repairs, all blow-off, feed water, main steam stop and other valves shall be closed, locked and marked with tags or other devices tefurdicate that there are workers inside. 1165.03

:

-

Where the boiler to be cleaned or repaired is one of a baftery of two or more boilers, and any of them is in service, the main steam valves shall be tightly closed and locked with the free flow drain open as required in 1163.04 (3). 1165.04

:

Where blow-off Valves of several boilers are connected !g the same header, the valves of any boiler in service shall be marked and locked to prevent opening into the boiler being cleaned or repaired. 1165.05

:

No worker shall enter a boiler for the purpose of cleaning or making re.oaiis, unless another worker is stationed outside the manhole or other access opening ready'.o render assistance when needed.

1165.06

:

Workers shall never enter boiler until it is sfficiently cooled off to ambient temperature. When entering a boiler, precautions shall be taken against hot flue.dust or falling loose parts and explosion caused by water thrown on hot flue dust. 1165.07

:

Before any person enters a boiler, it shall be thoroughly ventilated by fans, blowers, or other means to expel any possible combustible or toxic gases or vapors, particularly when scales solvents have been used.

t0

1165.08

:

During cleaning and repairing of boilers, especially on humid days, ventilation should be provided by running forced drafts or induced drafts at a low speed to eliminate flue gases from other boilers entering the boiler under repair.

1165.09

:

Lights used by workers in cleaning and repairing inside a boiler shall be in good condition suitable for the work. 1165.10

:

Blowtorches shall never be used inside boilers. 1165.11

:

The power sourco of steam or air driven tools used in cleaning or repairing boilers, shall be generatffoutside the boiler and all connections shall be inspected at frequent intervals.

1165.12: Tubes and shells of boilers cleaned by mechanical tools shall not be operated in one spot for any considerable length of time as this will reduce the strength of the metal. 116s.13

'

I After cleaning operation on boilers: (1) One workir Lnal Oe dqtailed to examine the interiortotee that no tools or other equipment are left inside the boiles, and (2) The boiler shall not be closed until it is absolutely certain that all workers are outside.

'1165.14

:

The amount of bulging on the boiler or fire box shall not exceed 2%pt the area of the bulge. lf the bulge exceeds 2%, the use 0t the boiler shall be discontinued or pdtchwork shall be done in accordance with the provisbns of Rule Ii62.

(1 )

(2) All materials used in boiler repair shall be certified by the supplier as to quality and specification of the materials subject to verffication by the lndustrial Safety Engineer before repairs can be made.

1165.15

:

Welding jobs performed on pressure parts of boilers and pressure vessels shall be undertaken by certified welders and in accordance with the procedural process of section ix (welding qualifications), ASME boiler and pressure vessel code.

st

1165.16

:

Boilers and pressure vessels locally fabricated shall be stamped by the Department indicating the following: (1.1 Name of manufacturer and year built; (2.) Application number; (3.) manufacture/s serial number; (4.)design pressure and temperature; and (5.) rating in horsepower for boiler and cubic meter for pressure vessel.

I

1166 : Personal Protective Equipment:

Workers in boiler rooms exposed to work hazards, which cannot be othenrise eliminated, shall be provided with personalprotective equipment conforming to Rule 1080. 1167 : Color Coding

:

Feed water,and steam pipes emanating to and ftom the boiler shall be marked with identifiable color in conformity with Rule 1230.

1168 : Requirements in the Preparation of Boiler and Pressure Vesse! Ptans

:

Before a boiler or pressure vessel is installed, the owner/manager or his/her authorized representative shallfile with the Bureau or in the Regional Office concerned (with available pme) an application for installation in quintuplet, accompanied by five (5) copies of each sheet of plans in white print. The following shall be incorporated in the plans:

(1) Location Plan:

.

The plan showing the site ot,n" compound indicating any known landmarts, such as streets, private or public place or building and an arow indicating NORTH direr-'iion drawn not necessarily to scale. (2) Room Layout:

A layout of the workplace showing: a. the detail of the room drawn to scale indicating the position of the boiler or pressure vessel in relation to the surrounding walls and other machinery or equipment in the room; b. the type of material used for the room walls which may be of concrete, adobe, hollow blocks or other fire resistant construction. (3) lnstallation and Foundation Plans:

a. the front and side views of the boiler/pressure vessels including the details of its anchorage or setting to the concrete foundation;

52

b.

c. d. e.

the water column assembly, main steam line, below-off line, safety valve or valves, feed water appliances, pressure gauge connection, manhole or handhole, in the case of boilers; the inlet and outlet pipes, drain pipe, inspection plug, manhole or handhole, glass gauge, relief or safe$ valves, and pressure gauge connection in case of pressure vessel; the clearance of the lowest portion of the boiler shell to the floor line shall not be less than 45 cm. (17.80 in.) in case of horizontal fue tube boiler. the $pe of furnace

(4) Foundation Design Computation:

a. the total weight of the boiler or pressure vessel and accessories; b. the weight of water insHe the boiler or pressure vessel when full; c. the base area and volume of concrete foundation; d. the concrete mixture; e. the bearing capacity of the soil; and

f.

the factor of safety of the foundation.

(5) Detailed Construction Drawing:

a. b.

c.

d.

the sectional front and side front and side elavation of the boiler or pressure vessel indicating the diameter, thickness and length of the shell or drum and the diihensions, measurements, and other technicaldata of all other boiler oarts, fittings and accessories. the details of longitudenal and circumferentialts, head attachments to boiler shell, nozzle and manhole or handhole attachments to shell. the boiler/pressune vesselmanufacture/s data and specification; the technicaldetails of the furnace. . '

(6) Sizes of Plans:

All sheets of plans to be su6mitted shall be of the following sizes: 375 mm x 530 mm - minimum 530 mm x 750 mm' 750 mm x 1065 mm - maximum (7) Titte Block:

The size shall be 7.62 cm in width, while the total length of the lower part of the plan will be occupied by the title block to contain:

a. Name in print, signature and sealof the professionalmebhanical b. c. d.

engineer indicating his/her registratiog number, currenUupdated ptr number, place and date issued and tax identification number. lnitials of the draftsman, date of plan prepared, sheet number and scale used. Minimum scale of 1:100 except for small and minute parts/details where a convenient scale may be used to show clearly the parts/details. Title of the Plan. Name, print, and signature of the owner/manager of the establishment indicating his/her tax identification number.

5e

e.

Name and address of establishment

(8) lnstallation:

a.

b.

c.

Upon approval of the plan, installation shall be done under the supervision of a professional mechanical engineer. lf minor deviations fiom the approved plans are done in the actual installations, the Bureau or the Regional Labor Office concerned shall be informed in writing or in person so that the necessary corrections can be noted. ln cases where major alterations are done in the actual installation that may affect the original design, the necessary plans shall be resubmitted as a new application. The approved application and plans shall serve as a permit for installation. Upon completion of the installation, the establishment shall request the Regional Office for final inspection and if found to be in accordance with the approved plans and standards, a permit to operate the boiler or pressure vessel for a period of one (1) year shall be issued effective on the date of inspection. The establishment shall infurm the RegionalOffice or authorized representative thirty (30) days before the expiration of the permit to operate the boiler or pressure vessel. The establishment shall prapare the boiler or pressure vesselfor inspection and a hg-dlostatic pump shall be made ready by the establishment for the inspection.

ln cases where the establishment cannot stop the operation of the noitlr or pressu-re vessel due to unavoidable circumstances or business oommitments, a grace period of thirty (30) days may be allowed by the Regional Labor Office or authorized representative. Boiler tenders shall be licensed in accordance with the Mechanical Engineering Law, as amended. Repair of pressure parts of boiler or pre3sure vessels shall only be done after the plans and specification of materials are approved by the Bureau, Reglonal Labor Office concerned or authorized representative. .

Manila, Philippines, on 18 December 2001.

s{

Rqublic offie Philppinx ITEPARTMENT OFII|BOR AND EMPL0YMENT

Ft

rnramurs,trslih

t,\

. r-\ -r,* \

DEPART}TF]NT OBI}f,

Scri6

R, N

ol2ffi

O.

of ltre PhiIppircq s emarded, Ruk | 162-02 of Ruh 1160 on Boiler of Occuptiuul Saf"ty and Health Sridrrilr is bercb; mended as follows:

Code

the

t l*tpeclbn nl lat of Doilt* qh a@ L ['hc 'l'4lb'dd hryccor rictr cordxt lqp*l,

II6L02

Lr

tLmrql iE ctt*etird tahntut qatt M lrrlanrd[, atdr.xtetllrl&y qn oII boilc? pt/s anl tppllrca en thcf&rrhg fiw of *orl.: A. PotaAfrb Mc"

I. Drtag o,rstTclhr oetffin. l4d l.J ttnwtlelcftrgye 2: rybn

btb

I

bdrrg

tl,efi

pltrd tu *t#

b kyfrDfuEt M

t*e boiler *all be *yttostatimlty ortbcottglaton ofvott;

clbe llllnpflttoa of ttatuIhtbr tfrc d l.i flrit rte &rirga ptaut;

t. kfen izilg pM ile rrlrtlitz ascr eirlpktion of tu;oailrrrtiot u ng& tlc bkr fuO h Ly/twi/nficelty trritr;d at t.2 tfuna the atbrrntfforylSlrto*ilq p*,gr; 1.

I

The twt *dl bo o.el:tfr d q nininlrla r*ler kngctrtrn of aol ,4 frtt 2I t (7CT) ul t rtrrfirrar clryrlr;drc aot ro crad ntfi6e fi; td , .:

5.

The

codnd

s*tfrott le Syi ilqtdrl *d b atM cigfrkcn (IQ mzl/ht, Il *dl lc

Tbc

at

at buncl

the d*ty

not

cxdhg

ef rtc po*a plett

wtalopa* *fr fuyc tk tcib ezirrtc,, wbl rlptrld-ltp fu*l for t*c an{M of intctrtol o;d lxtrrnol

ard heDqhry

5S

2

insyecfun on oE Mfur poas attdqpplErrcff. If the boiler les not hrur prerly prnttor lhc inspcctinn or thr owto/epnrulorfetk to ryty mh ,ht rfrlcl ttarairrrrlars- ilc whrinl nlc\ iaqedor *il dediar b mle t*e irryr.tfo,lr Hynrcailb pela? shefr *lrmys

tu &

rcafi jW in cw ltrc boibr ir ,o hz stf,jrcted fo a t& N conditiou c?a.{tet h I162:02 (2) A of tht. Rale

hydmaAic

In licu oJ hfint*,fu tcst, aay of tk lolbilag ;r.tndrstfir#ea tartag, vl&* l:larc tpdr,tble ttl,ll br udt# eil pcttffi pclio.Ck,rEy bd rro, stdfuq lC anrtfit ort tfic boiltr hce4 shell md M, h1 DOL&-Actztitct Non-/P.rr,rv,dive Tating NDn orEani?rtfutn;

ntbgtrg*ic; nnzrr':kl c- t*tutu3rrqhqg; d. rlsrrlrc.p*ttit*; e I\ald paaafriat; G

L.

t

udlu

eilta eardr&il non4eJlttdtve

tosl

A Intuforl kikT L Duhg tr;sfrlo/bt orfolrtdc-artbtt, ti,c boiler*all be kydroalalially tcslcd al 1.5 tirrlt tLe htp ptw*n cficr conplaion of nail; Dclen bl/ng pfuid iro- w*aie tfict cottplctir.n of itttadlatir.n, the

hilatldh$efrdilf

ad t I-i tfut*cda*Enprsnru;

E{en tr&rlg ia& wv*:c q[.W coqtafua of t alrrrtrnclloa :' ot tq,ch, !ilclbd Eeflar do{J tre hflrcva,ficily arr.d dt 1.5 ttmr the /Eri;ril dbnbbto*hg prtxrrtv; Tl;c W cltr,B bc urdutd ot c ntiniilr.ts rlalrlgrycrslutt of nol ls frin zlt (70T) end e nexir,u;r &,etrrlrudstrr cot to *c*l ,rf (t&T); d

lfu

lmper corrrt

ail to ttrlch tfie rqrdrrcn Eil

gmdtctl;, in m sr s*cfl ffiir tfiar tu pautt (fifi;

k# ptmsrlt

prctrsrc bc cxcecded by morc

Mil,lhc tdlcty vcIrcs iltall be rsrwvd end the w|:rc dilc held co'tn Dy m,at of a#q datryls s,nd nat hy rrlreving dorit lhc colrrytasbr scffrl apon t*c pr&rgr. end Drr&lR hfircrutfrc

5G

-

3

ffitmnd thafl sanv the Notloc ol lilsprrtron a;r,tol tnrycdtu af btu lo tlc outa/qa@t lhhtl $0) llc for tuys bclst tlc a1frrtiu of tM prd b opcrd;c l*c boll* onl al in$frbn,lhc orwa/ap.twlot thoil hayg tfu ad dEE qdeW tla bolkr friir{ ooo&C, Wtr#lry endf$oron;\ly ckandfotlltc @ldact ol }r/,al,al urd 6:taad fipadon a* d boll* pr,Ifr afiil rffiz-u. Il *c tlrtb *q un ba ptryaty Fqsd for li'c h@t or frc owcrfolmat Iniftt t coqrfi frL rtG iland rqnt @ffi, tk ffil afq herr,frT thrE ffit4 ro MD tu lnqpaea XyAtu Fnp ,L.g ,@tt be dc M4 Io",hG Tke Rqgk,al OflW

a;nuaof

LXdutvcfu es-

'I'kc condr,ct of *y4rosfetie lctt on boilcrt lhal haoe beca terlcd new tlell 0c pctferxcd at follovt:

u

A. WUdWBotla EE ilttl be daaa av1,, fitt (S) ;rnn tor clrm,dla of tyW potit,' srmD'6alrdrr ar&sr (f,c cr&reace of the ftlowlng coadfi,,,ns on eolir":rd twbtg the bryafu:

I},c

L 2-

Wtil

tnd to.bt m frat .+ frba r'nd otiu

pwe larts

futlla ar,cl;* br*a fu1n, @9, wnoiln, ctosbn, rate and Ja rtcdilor

rhln placa

t A

W-qgcof rr,bcandt

tstr:ittat Bona

Thc ua*ct of lE*cte Btlu in&frtlrl Dd&r Ehntt De dilc at on ' inta:olfiqrcttcyolna marulicr 12 rmilis.

Htrfrot&itic

td ad l,oe4ffiw lnr?ei

tsd

*eE

bc orrdxctel itt tfrc yleruncc

of

tln tahnlcd nlay

Bollcrc tnnd an@c Df

hqpadttg orftor,Ty riall aar

be

olbwd

to operale

panl *rfl U &;f,.n t ildl fu hoila ddd/s i{arc xnt*i and ttefr,fltngs *e ta gd affifua & ,Eirtl $c apcrulloa. Thc wiHtty ot Wtil b q@ fw pntwr xrtW W *hcll be clgrwt (18) rrr,ttt*s flnd ttd;,€ (r2) * irrQ (l) pt to hddal boilcv or wio boilg, ftT/m 'Efd,dlkt the &tcaf br@L and ao

sl

I All yoiley hrac1 rrlrr rrC mgrlrtlox or pr rlA tlcruf lrcemhtclt titl rly prevtbr ol llh (hdcr L ltrlty r:g:dd rodifr4 rpcrrcdcd or rrcrdld eccor{h6?g-

em0rcrs ir[ tr]o GDd fll*r (15) dryr rfler rd.pdrr h tro(z) l.ilD.p.llt of gcrcnt rfrsl,rtlol.

flt eDopntrd

ltlrcrilGlr.rt

of tteir

M.rh filfopl+

cr

lttt a.t .f

l{otF

bo 1i

.i'o*

2&E-

,^ (. a

ipernrcre

.

A-

,

fr---

sro. ToMAs

Sa:hty' latts6

t

I

t

l

5q

cornmonName: CAS

DOT

Number:

AMMONIA t{*2*R

PS

7664-41-7

Numbers: UN 1005 (Anhydrous)

RTK Substance number: 0084 Date: August 1992 Revision: June

IJN 2073 (Solution) UN 2672 (Solution)

HAZARD SUMMARY + Ammonia can affect you when breathed in. * Ammonia is a CORROSIVE CHEMICAL + *

+

* Il you think and can irritate

and burn the skin and eyes, lcading to permancnt darnagc.

Exposure

to Arnmonia can irritate the nose, rnouth,

and

throat causing coughing and wheczing. Breathing Ammonia can irritate the lungs causing coughing and/or shortness of breath. Higher exposures can cause a build-up ol'l'luid in thc lungs (pulmonary cdcnra), a mcdical emergency, with severe shortness olbreath. llxposurc can causc hcadachc, loss ol scnsc ol'smcll, nausca and vonriting.

IDENTIFICATION

* *

REASON FOR CITATION

* *

you are experiencing any work-related health problems, see u cloctr,:' trained to recogrrize occupational discascs. Takc this Fact Shcct with you. ODOR THRESHOLD: 17 ppm. The range of accepted odor threshold valrrcs is quite broad. Caution should bc usccl in rclying on odor alortc as a warniug of potentially hazardous cxposurcs.

WORKPLACF] EXPOSURB LI MI'I'S OSHA: Theregal airborne pcnnissiblc cxposurc limit (PEL) is 50 pprn avcragctl ovc:r an 8-hour u,orksh i [i.

NlOSll: Thc

rccorrrurcrrrlcrd airbrlruc cxposurc linrit is 25 ppnr averaged over a lO-hour workshit't and

Ammonia is a colorless gas with a strong odor. It is often used in water solution. It is used'in making fertilizer, plastics, dyes, textiles, detergents and pesticides. .

+

1998

-

35 ppm not to be exceeded during any 15 minute work period.

ACCIH: The recornmended iirbo.r"

exposure

limit

25 ppm averaged over an 8-hour workshift 35 ppm as a STIIL (short tcnrr cxposure lirlit).

Ammonia is orr the Hazardgus Substance List because it is regulated by OSHA and citcd by ACCIH, DOT, NIOSH,

is

and

DEP, NFPA, and EPA.

This chemical is on the Spccial Health Hazard Substance List because it is CORROSIVE. Definitions are pr
HOW TO DETERMINE IF YOU ARE BEING EXPOSED Thc New Jcrscy Right to Know Act rcquircs nrost crnploycrs to label chemicals in the workplacc zrnd rcquircs public enrploycrs to provide their ernployees with infonnation and training concerning chemical hazards and controls. The lbderal OSHA Hazard Communication Standard, 1910.1200, requircs private employers to provide similar training and infomration to their

WAYS OF REDUCING EXPOSURE + Wherc possiblc, enclose oporations and trsc local ventilltion rt thc sitc o[' chcrnical rclcasc. Il local

exhaust cxhaust

ventilation or enclosure is rrot usecl, rcspirators should be

+ * *

worn, Wear protective rvork clothing. Wash thoroughly iD:1rrSdjnte]1 altcr cxposurc to Ammonil. Post hazarcl ancl rvanrin_u inlorntatitrn in thc lvork arca. In addition, as part ofan ongoing eclucation and training cffort, communicate all inlomration on thc health ancl salcty hazards of Amnronia to potcntially cxposcd workers.

employees.

*

to hazardous substances should be routincly evaluated. This may include collecting air samples. Under OSHA 1910.20, you have a lcgal right to obtain copies o[ sampling results from 1,our employer. Exposure

s9

<-

.,dONIA

page 2 of 6

This Fact Sheet is a summary source of information of all Dotential and most severe health hazards that may result from exposure. Dration o['exposure, concentration of the substance and other factors

will affect your susceptibility to any of

the

If

symptoms develop

or

overexposure

is

suspected, the

following rnay be usef'ul:

*

Consider clrest x-ray a{Icr acute overexposure.

potential effects described below.

Any evaluation should include a carclul history ol past and prcscnt symptoms with an exam, Mcdical tests that look lor clauragc alrtady donc arc not a suhstitutc lbr controlling

HEALTH HAZARD INFORMATION Acute Health Effects The following acute (short-term) health effects may

cxposure.

occur

immediately or shortly after exposure to Ammonia:

t t t *

Ammonia can irritate and burn the skin and eyes, leading to pemlanent damage.

Exposure

to Ammonia can irritate the nose, rnouth,

and

throat causing coughing and wheezing. Breathing Ammonia can iritate the lungs causing coughing and/or shortness of breath. Higher exposures can cause a build-up of fluid in the lungs (pulmonary edema), a medical emergency, with severe shortness olbreath. Exposure can cause headache, loss of sense of smell, nausea and vomiting.

lChronic Health Effccts

lThc l-ollowing chronic (long-tcnrr) hcalth cffccts can occur at time after exposure to Ammonia and can last for months years:

cer Hazard According to the information prcsently availablc to the Ncw Jersey Department of Health and Scnior Scrviccs, Anrmonia has not been tested for its ability to cause cancer in animals.

Requesl copies of your medical testing. You havc a legal right to this information undcr OSHA 1910.20.

WORKPLACE CON}TOLS AND PRACTICES Unless a less toxic chenrical can be substituted for a hazardous

substance, ENGINEERING CONTROLS are the nrost effective way ol reducing exposurc. The best protcction is to enclose operations and/or provide local cxlraust vcnl.ilation at the site olchemical release. Isolating operations can also reduce

exposure. Using ;'espirators or protective cquipment is less elfective than the controls mcntioned abovc. but is sonrctimcs ncccssary.

Irt cvaluatirrg lhc controls prcscnt in vour workplacc, consiclcr: ) how ltazanlous thc substancc is, (2) horv rrruch ol' thc substance is released into thc workplace and (3) whcthcr hannlul skin or eyc could occur, Special controls should be in plaoc lor highly tor.ic chcrnicals or lvhcn signilicant skin. cyc, or (I

brcathing cxposurcs arc possiblc.

ln addition, the following control is rccornnrcndccl:

*

roductivc Hazard Aocording to the information presently available to the New Jersey Department of Health and Senior Services. Ammonia has not been tested for its ability ti affect reproduction.

Long-Term Effects Repeated exposure can cause chronic irritation of the eyes, nose and throat. Ammonia can irritate the lungs. Rcatcd cxposurcs lnay cause bronchitis to develop with cough, phlegnr, and/or shortness ofbreath.

Good WORK PRACTTCES can hclp to rcduce hazardous exposurcs. The following work practiccs ilre rccornurended:

* * * +

edical Testing

+

beginning employment and at regular times after that, the lowing are recommended:

*

I.ung function tcsts.

Where possible, automatically pump liquid Ammonia ltorn tlrunts or othcr storagc containcrs ttr?roccss containcrs.

Workers whosc clothing has becn contaminated by Ammonia should change into clean clothin-e promptly. Clontaminated work clothcs should be laundered by individuals who havc becn inlormecl of the hazards of exposure to Ammonia. llye wash fountains should be providcd in the inrmecliatc work arCa for crncrgcncy use. Ifthcre is the possibility ofskin exposure, elnergency shower facilities should be provided. On skin with Ammonia, inrmediately wash or shower to remove the chemical.

Do not eat, smoke, or drink wherc Ammonia is

handled,

proccsscd, or storcd, sincc thc chctrrical can bc swallowecl, Wash hands carclully bcforc cating or srrroking.

0o

AMMONIA

page 3 ot 6

Be sure to considcr all potcntial

PERSONAL PROTECTIYE EQUIPM ENT

exposures in your workplacc. You nray nced ir combination ol'filtcrs, prcliltors, canridges, or canisters, to protect against diffbrent forurs ofa chemical (such as vapor and mist) or against a mixture of

WORKPLACE CONTROLS ARE BETTER THAN PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT. However, for some jobs (such as outside work, confined space entry, jobs done only once in a while, or jobs donc whilc workplacc

chenr ica ls.

for high cxposurc exists, usc a MSHA/NIOSH approve<J.supplicd-air respirator with a full Whcrc the potcntial

controls are being installed), personal protective equiprnent may be appropriate.

OSHA 1910.132 requires employers to determine

faciece operated

an

the

appropriate personal protective equipment for each hazard and to train employees on how and when to use protective equipment.

operated

Avoid skin with Ammonia. Wear protective gloves

Prior to working with Anrmonia you should be trained on its proper handling and storage,

Anrmonia REACTS VIOLIINTLY or PRODUCES EXPLOSIVE' PRODUCTS wh'in in conract with HALOGENS (such as CHLORINE and IIROMINE),

as protective nlaterials.

BROMINE

CHLORINE

protection is worn. Wear gas-proof goggles a_nd face shield whcn working with gas, unlcss full faciccc rcspiratory protoction is wonr. lenses should not bc worn whcn working with this

HYDROCHLORIC, SULFURIC and NITRIC); ACID ANHYDRIDES; ACID CHLORIDES; OXIDIZING AGENTS (such as PIIRCHLORATES, PEROXIDES, PITRMANGAN^TDS, CHLORATDS, NITR^TES, CHLORINn, BROMINtI - anrl FLUORINE)i CHLOROFORMATIIS; and GALVANIZIID IRON. lt may

substancc.

also rcacr rvith ZINC, COPPER:TlN. and thcir ALLOYS.

Storc in tightly closcd cont.tinors irr a cool, woll-vcntilatcd

RespiratoryProtection' IMPROPER USE OF'RESPIRATORS IS DANGEROUS. Such equipment should only be used if the employer has a written program that takes into workplace conditions, requirernents for worker training, respirator fit testing and medical exams, as described in OSHA I910.134.

*

FLOURIDE and

Ammonia is not cornpatible rvith STRONG ACIDS (such as

Wear splash-prool' chemical goggles and facc shicld whcn

working with liquid, unless l'ull facepiece respiratory

*

PllNTn

TRIFLUORIDE.

Eye Protcction

+

positivc-pressure

HANDLING AND STORAGE

* All protective clothing (suits, gloves, footwcar, hcadgear) should be clean, available each day, and put on before work. * Safety equipment manufacturers recommend Bug,llNeoprene

*

or other

demand or other positive-pressure mode.

and clothing. Safety equipment suppliers/manufacturers can provide recommendations on the lnost protective glove/clothing mffirial for your operation.

+

pressure-dernand

llxposure to 300 ppm is inrmcdiatcly dangcrous to life and health. Ifthe possibility ofcxposure abovc 300 ppm cxists, use a MSHA NIOSH approved sell--contained breathing apparatus with a lull facepiece operated in a prcssure.

Clothing

or VitonlNeoprene

in a

rnode.

The following recommendations are only guidelines and rnay not apply to every situation.

*

in'i. )rcssurc-dcnrand or othcr positive"

pressure mode. For increased protection use in combination with auxiliary self-containcd breathing apparatus

Where the potential exists for exposures over 25 ppm, use an MSH{NIOSH approved full facepiece respirator with an Ainmonia vapor cartridge/canister. More protection is provided by a powered-air purifying respirator. If while wearing a filter, cartridge or canister respirator, you can smell, taste, or otherwisc detect Ammonia, or in thc case of a full facepiece respirator you experience eye irritation,

leave the area immediately. Check

to make

sure

area away from MOISTURE, HIIAT and direct SUNLIGHT.

QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS Q

lf I havc acutc health cflbcts, rvill I later -qet chronic health cffcots?

A

Not always. Most chronic (long-tem) cffbcts result lioni repeated exposures ttl a chemical.

a

Can I get long-term effects without ever having short-term

A

Yes, because long-tenrr effects can occur from repeated

effects? exposures to a chendcal at levels not high enough to nrake you immediately sick.

the

respirator-to-face seal is still good. If it is, replace the filter, cartridge, or canistcr. If thc scal is no longer good, you may need a new respirator.

bt

lfONIA a

What are my chances of getting sick when

page 4 of 6

I

have been

exposed to chemicals?

A

The likelihood of becorning sick llom chernicals is increased as the amount of exposure increases. This is determined by the length of time and the amount of material to which someone is exposcd.

/A

a

When are higher exposures more likely?

Conditions which increase risk of exposure include ohvsical and mechanical processes (heating, pouring,

A

Is the risk of getting sick higher lor workers than

for

community residents? Yes. Exposures in the community, except possibly in cases of fires or spills, are usually much lower than those found in the workplace. However, people in the community may be exposed to contaminated water as well as to chemicals in the air over long periods. Because ofthis, and because

of exposureEf children or people who arc alrcady ill, conrnrunity cxposurcs may causc hcalth problcrns.

New Jcrsey Departrnent of Hcalth ancl Senior Services Occupational Disease and Injury Services PO Box 360

Trenton, NJ 08625-0360 (609) 984-1863

spraying, spills and evaporation from large surfhce areas such as open containers), and "confined space" exposures (working inside vats, reactors, boilers, small rooms, etc,).

a

The following infomration is available frorn:

(609) 292-567 7 (fax) Wcb address: http://www.statc.nj.us/health/eoh/odisweb/

Industrial Hvqiene Infonnation

tndustrial hygienists are available to answer your qucstions regarding the control ol chemical exposurcs using cxhaust ventilation, spccial work practiccs, good housekeing, good hygiene practices, and personal protective equipment including respirators. In addition, they can help to interpret the results of industrial hygiene survcy data.

Medical Evaluation

II' you think you are becoming sick bccause of exposure to chcnticals at your workplacc, you nray call pcrsonrrcl at the Dartrncnt

of

Hclrlth and Scnior Scrviocs, Occupational you find the

Disease and Injury Services, rvhii can help infonnation you need. Public Prcscntations

Presentations and educational prograrns on occupational health

or the Right to Know Act can bc organizcd lor labor unions, trade associations and other groups. Rieht to_Know Information Resources

The.'Right

to Know

Infoline (609) 984-2202 can

answer

questions about the identity ryrd potential health effects of chemicals, list of educational tllaterials in occupational health, relcrcnccs used to prarc thc Fact Shccts, praration of the

to Know survey, cducation and training progratnsi labeling requircmcnts, and gcncral inlonnation rcgarding the Right

Right to Know Act. Violations of thc law should be reported to (609) 984-2202.

62 t

lr

r

page 5 of 6

NCY Common Name:

I

AMMONIA FOR Ln RCII SPILLS AND FIRIIS immcdiatcly call your firc department. You can request emergency information from the following:

DOT Numbers: UN 1005

uN 2073

uN 2672 NAERG Codes: L25 CAS

Nunber:

154

CHEMTREC: (800) 424-9300

766441-7

Ii3=::':'::':!1'2lll:1:!l:

Hazard ratins

NJDHSS

NFPA

FLAMMABILITY REACTIVITY

I

HANDLING AND STORAGE

0

FIRST AID

(See page 3)

CONTAINERS MAY EXPLODE IN FIRE tLtMJ-Q-LS-Q$INL)&LIATL=ON.t_,8-QQ:264:f:661

CORROSIVE

Hazard Rating Key: 0:minimal; l=slight; 2:mulerate; 3=serious; 4:severe

Eyc

+

upper and lower licls. Scek rrredical atte ntion imnrecliately.

FIRE HAZARDS

* * + *

Ammonia gas may burn, but does not readily ignite. To extinguish fire,-siop the flow of gas while using an agent suitable for type ofsurrounding fire. Ammonia can form explosive mixtures with AIR. CONTAINERS MAY EXPLODE IN FIRE. If ernployees arc cxpectcd to fight fircs, thcy must hc trainctl and oquippcd arj statcd in OSHA l9l0.l-56.

SPILS AND EMERGENCIES If liquid Ammonia is spilled or leakedor

gaseous Ammonia is

leaked, take the following srips:

+ + * +

+ *

*

Immediately flush with large amounts of water. Continue without stoppixg for at least 30 rninutes, occasionally lifting

Skin

*

Quickly relnove contaminated clothing. Imnrediately wash area with large amounts

Remove all ignition sources, Ventilate area of spill or lerik. Stop the flow o[ gas. I[ the sourcc of the leak is a cylinder and the leak cannot be stopped in place, remove the leaking cylinder to a safe placc in the open air, and repair the lcak or allow the cylinder Lo empty, For small liquid spills, neutralize with Hydrochloric acid. Wipe with mop or use watcr aspirator. Drain into a sewer

+ i

llcrrrovc thc pcrson litrrrr cxposLrrc. Begin rescue breathing il' breathing has stoppecl and R

* *

hearl action has stopped. Transfer promptly to a mcdical facility. Mcdical observation is recommendecl for 24 to 48 hours after

breathing overexposurc,

as

i

PHYSICAL

pulnronary edema may

if

br,:

-

DATA

.

Vapor Pressurc: 6460 nrrn'Hg at 6g"F (20"C) Water Solubility: Highly solubtc OTHER COMI\{ONLY USED NAMES Chemical Name: Anrmonia

with sufficient water.

Other Names:

It may

Anhydrous Ammonia; Aqua Arnmonia

specific recommendaticns. If employees are required to clean-up spills, they ntust be properly trained and eqrripped. OSHA 1910.120(q) may be applicable.

purposes.

be necessary to contain and dispose of Ammonia as a HAZARDOUS WASTE. your statc Darttncnt of Environmental Protection (DEP) or_your regional office of the federal Environmental Protection Agency (EpA) for

Seek medical attention

Brcathing

delayed. Evacuate persons not wearing protective equipment frorn area ofspill or leak until clean-up is cornplete.

of water.

immediately.

Not intended to be cctltied ond sold ftsr contntercial NEW JERSEY DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND SENIOR SERVICES Right to Know Program PO Box 368, Trenton, NJ 0862-5-0368 (60e) 984-2202

63

HVAC HVAC is an initialism or acronym that stands for "heating, ventilating, and air conditioning". HVAC is sometimes refened to as climate control and is particularly important in the design of medium to large industrial and office buildings such as skyscrapers and in marine environments such as aquariums, where humidity and temperature must all be closely regulated while maintaining safe and healthy conditions within. ln certain regions the term "Building Services" is also used, but may also include plumbing and electri.:al systems.

The HVAC industry is a worldwide enterprise, with career oiportunities including operation and maintenance, system design and construction, equipment manufacturing and sales, and in education and research. The HVAC industry had been historically regulated by the manufecturers of HVAC equipment, but Regulating and Standards organizations such as ASHRAE, SMACNA, ACCA, Uniform Mechanical Code, lnternational Mechanical Code, and AMCA have been established to the industry and encourage high slandards and achievement

H

eating

There are different types of standard heating systems. Central heating is oflen-used in cold climates to heat private houses and public buildings. Such a system contains a boiler, furnace, or heat pump to heat water, steam, or air, all in a central location such as a furnace room in a home or a mechanical room in a large building. The system also contains either ductwork, for forced air systems, or piping to distribute a heated fluid and radiators to transfer this heat to the air. The term radiator in this context is misleading since most heat transfer from the heat exchanger is by convection, not radiation. The radiators may be mounted on walls or buried in the floor to give under-floor heat.

ln boiler fed or radiant hgating systems, all but the simpledi systems have a pump to crrculate the water and ensure an equal supply of heat to all the radiators. The heated watel can also be fed through another heat exchanger inside a storage cylinder to provide hot runningwater. Forced air systems send heated air through ductwork. During warm weather the same ductwork can be used for air conditioning. The forced air can also be filtered or put through air cleaners. Heating can also be provided from electric, or resistance heating using a filament that becomes hot when electricity is caused to through it. This type of heat can be found in electric baseboad heaters, portable elec{ric heaters, and as backup or supplemental heating for heat pump systenr.

The heating elements should be located in the coldest part of the room, typically next to the windows to minimize condensation and offset the convective air current formed in the room due to the air next to the wlitdow becoming negatively buoyant due to the cold glass. Devices that

riirect vents away from windows to prevent "wasted" heat defeat this design intent. Cold air drafts can contribute significantly to subjectively feeling colder than the average room temperature. Therefore, it is irnportant to control the air leaks from outside in addition to proper design of the heating system.

6{

Ventilating An air handling unit is used for the heating and cooling of air in a celttral location. Ventilating is the process of "changing" or replacing air in any space to control temperature or remove moisture, odors, smoke, heat, dust and airborne bacteria. Ventilation includes both the exchange of air to the outside as well as circulation of air within the building. lt is one of the most important factors for meinteining acceptable lndoor air quallty in buildlngs. Methods for ventllating a building may be divided into mechanical/forced and natural types. Ventilation is used to remove unpleasant smells and excessive moisture, introduce outside air, and to keep interior building air circulating, to prevent stagnation of the interior air.

Air-cend itiorr ing Air conditioning and refrigeration are provided through the removal of heat. The definition is of cold the absence of heat and all air conditioning systems work on this basic principle. Heat can be removed through the process of radiation, convection, and conduction using mediums such as water, air, ice, and chemicals refened to as refrigerants. ln order to remove heat from somethiftg] you simply need to provide a medium that is colden-this is how all air conditioning and refrigeration systems work.

An air conditioning system, or a standalone air condilioner, provides cooling, ventilation, and humidity control for all or part of a house or building. The refrigerant provides cooling through a process called the refrigeration cycle. The refrigeration cycle consists of four essential elements to create a cooling effect. A compressor provides compression for the system. This compression causes the cooling vapor to heat up. The compressed vapor is then cooled by heat exchange with the outside air, so that the vapor condenses to a fluid, in the condenser. The fluid is then pumped to the inside of the building, where it enters an evaporator. ln this evaporator, small spray nozzles spray the cooling fluid into a chamber, whe1e. the pressure drops and the fluid evaporates. Since the evappration absorbs heat from the surroundings, the sun0undings cool off, and thus the evaporator absorbs or adds heat to the system. The vapor is then retumed to the compressor. A metering device acts as a restriction in the system at the evaporatofto ensure that the heat being absorbed by the system is absorbed at the proper rate. Central, 'all-ai/ air conditioning systems are often installed in modem residences, offices, and public buildings, but are difficult to retrofit because of the bulky air ducts required. A duct system musi be carefully maintained to prevent the growth of pathogenic bacteria in the ducts. An alternative to large duds to carry the needed air to heat or cool an area is the use of remote fan coils or split systems. These systems, although most often seen in residential applications, are gaining popularity in small commercial buildings. The coil is connected to a remote condenser unit using piping instead of ducts.

Dehumidification in an air conditioning system is provided by the evaporator. Since the evaporator operates at a ternperature below dew point, moisture is collected at the evaporator. This moisture is colleded at the bottom of the evaporator in a condensate pan and removed by piping it to a central drain or onto the ground outside. A dehumidifier is an air-conditioner-like device that controls the humidity of a room or building. They are often employed in basements

which have a higher relative humidity because of their lower temperature. ln food retailing establishments, large open chiller cabinets are highly effective at dehumidifying the internal air. Conversely, a humidifier increases the humidity of a building.

OB

Air-conditioned buildings oflen have sealed windows, because open windows would disrupt the attempts of the HVAC system to maintain constant indoor air conditions.

Majo- Alr changes per hour (ACH) The number of times per hour that the volume of a specific room or building is supplied or removed from that space by mechanical and naturalventilation.

Air hancller, or air handling unit (AHU) Central unit consisting of a blower, heating and cooling elements, filter racks or chamber, dampers, humidifier, and other central equipment in direct with the airflow. This does not include the ductwork through the building.

Chiller A device that removes heat from a liquid via a vapor-compression or absorption refrigeration cycle. This cooled liquid flows through pipes in a building and es through coils in air handlers, fan-coil units, or other systems, cooling and usually dehumidiffing the air in the building. Chillers are of two types; air-cooled or water-cooled. Air-cooled chillers are usually outside and consist of condenser coils cooled by fan-driven air. Water-cooled chillers are usually inside a building, and heat from these chillers is Edrried by recirculating water to out8oor cooling towers.

Condenser A component in the basic refrigeration cycle that ejects or removes heat from the system. The condenser is the hot side of an air condilioner or heat pump. Condensers are heat exchangers, and can transfer heat to air or to an intermediate fluid (such as water or an aqueous solution of ethylene glycol) to carry heat to a distant sink, such as ground, a body of water, or air. Deep lake water cooling The heat is rejected to deep lake regions to cool homes and offices, reducing the energy costs.

.

Evaporator A component in the basic refrigeration cycle that absorbs or adds heat to the system. Evaporators can be used to absorb heat from or from a liquid. The evaporator is the cold side of an air conditioner or heat pump.

Fan coil unit (FCU) A small terminal unit that is often composed of only a blower and a heating and/or cooling coil, as is often used in hotels, condominiums, or apartments. One type of fan coil unit is a unit ventilator. Packaged terminal air conditioner (PTAC) An air conditioner and heater combined into a single, electrically-powered unit, typically installed through a-wall and often found in hotels. Packaged unlt or rooftop unit (RTU) An air-handling unit, defined as either "recirculating" or "once-through" design, made specifically for outdoor installation. They most oflen include, internally, their own heating and cooling devices. RTUs are very common in some regions, particularly in single-story commercial buildings.

6o

Refrigeration Tanks: Refrlgeration Rooms: (1) Factory rooms in which refrigeration tanks and other parts of refrigeration systems are perrnanently installed and operated shall: a. be provided with tight-frtting doors; b. have no paditions or openings that will pernit the age of refrigerants to other parts of buildings;

c. be provided with mechanical means of ventilation. Not more than two (2) refrigeration tanks shall be located one above the other within the same area between floor and ceiling. Open Flames: All electrical equipment shall be of the approved explosion proof type. No flame producing devices or hot surfaces shall be permitted in rooms where refrigeration tanks are installed.

Material*, All materials used in the construction and installation of refrigeration tanks shall be capable of withstanding the chemica! action.

Gauge Glasses.' Liquid level gauge glasses for refrigeration tanks, except the bull's eye type, shall be titted with automatic shut-off valves.

Stop Valves; Refrigeration tanks shall be equipped with stop valves at each inlef

iqd outlet pipes.

Pressure Relief Device: (1) Refrigeration tanks shut off by valves from other parts of the refrigerating-system, shall be equipped with: a at least Lwo(2) pressure relief valves or one pressure relief valve in parallel with a rupture memberwhen the capacity of the tank,exceeds 140 liters (5 cu. fl.) and its diameter exceeds 15 cm. (6 in.) and b. a pressure relief device ora fusible plug, when the capacity of the tank is 140 liters (5 cu. ft.) or less. (2) Pressure relief devices for refrigeration tanks shall be connected directly to the vessels and shall be placed above the liquid refrigerant level. (3) Pressure relief valves and fusible plugs for refrigeration tanks shall be provicted with discharge pipes, leading directly and separately to the outside of the building, with outside outlets located to prOtect persons from exposure to any irritating or toxic fumes or vapors. (4) Pressure relief valves and fusible plugs for refrigeration tariks containing ammonia or sulphur dioxide shall discharge into substantial tanks of the closed type or provided with hinged ooverc, used for no other purpose than the absorption of the refrigerants.

57

Compressor: lnstallation: All compressors shall be installed on firm foundations and securely fastened in place.

Machlne Guarding: All moving parts of air compressors shall be safeguarded in accordance with the provisions of Rule 1200. P res su

re Lt mitin g Devi ce : (1) Air oompressors shall be equipped with: a. automatic mechanisms which will stop the air compressing operation when the maximum allowable pressure is reached; and b. elecirically operated pressure limiting devices on air compressors shall be designed and constructed that the electric contracts cannot lock or fuse in a position which will Gause the compressors to continue its air-compressing operations.

SpeedEovemoJs: Unloaded air compressor or govemor controls of engines shall be sspected frequently and regularly and maintained in good working conditions

Lubrlcation: Air compressor cylinder shall be lubricated with just sufficient oil to avoid excess oil from flowing into the intercoolers, receivers and other parts of the system.

Cooling: (1) Where air compressors cylirfders are equipped with wate'r cooling jackets, e visible indication of waterflow shall be provided. (2) lntercoolers and after-coolers shall be designed and constructed to withstand safety the maximum pressure in thelr discharge

piping.

"

'

"

Air lntake ancl Discharge Piping: (1) Air intakes for air compressors shall be located at a place where the air is pure, clean and free from any flammable or toxic gases or fumes. (2) Air discharge piping from air compressors operating at high temperature shall be provided with insulating covers. (3) lf necessary, separator shall be installed at a convenient point between the compressor and the receiver. Valves: (1) Where stop valves are installed in air discharge piping from air compressor: a. the valves shall be easily accessible for inspection and cleaning; and b. one or more safety valves shatl be installed between the compressor and stop valve. (2) Steam or gas supply lines to steam driven or gas driven air compressor

shall be provided with a manually operated throttle valve in a readily accessible location. (3) Compressor valves shall be inspected frequentty and regularly and leaking valve shall be immediately repairecl or replaced.

i I

6t

Republic of the Philippines DEPART]UIENT OF LABOR AND EMPLOYMENT lntramuros, Manila

RULE t17O UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS 1171 : Definitlons

:

(1) "Unfired pressure vessels" shall mean any closed vessel other than a boiler constructed to hold steam, hot water, gas or air, ordinarily supplied from an extemal souroe or from the indirect application of heat. This definition shall not include portable cylinders for the storage of compressed gases. (2) "Steam heated pressure vessels* shall mean an airtight vessel or an open pan or kettle, which is team jacketed or equipped with steam coilor steam supply piping and is used in such operation tsS cooking, distilling, drying, evaporating and hardening. (3) "Water pressure tank" shall mean a pressure vessel used for heating water by nleans of live steam or steam coil, or for the storage of cold water to be dispersed by means of pressure. (4) "Air pressure tank'shall mean a pressure vessel used as primary and secondary tank in connection with ordinary compression cycles, and receiving its air supply direct from the compressor. (5) "Refrigeration tank'shall mean a pressure vessel in refrigeration system, excluding the piping of such

system.

.

.

(6) "Working pressure" shall mean a gauge pressure or pressure above the atmDspheric pressure in kg./cm.2g (psrg). 1172 t General Provisions

:

Application of this provisbn is provided under Rule 1162. The term pressure vessel shall be used in lieu of boiler and the same is refened as'unfired pressure vessel" in the application and usage of this RULE. 1172.01 : Standards Requirement :

Application of this provisiog is provided under Rule

1172.02: Construction

:

1

162.01 i ' -,

.

(1) Pressure vesseb oonstructbn procedural process, material, fittings and attachments shall be in accordance with the standards requirements provided under rule 1162.01 (2) Pressure Vessels shall be des(7ned for their intended use and suitability to local condition.

6q

(3) Every pressure vesselshall be accompanied by a certificate issued by the Manufacturer showing the technical specifications to which the vessel has been constructed. (4) Application for permit for locally fabricated pressure vessels shall be filed with the Bureau or to the Regional Offtce (with available PME) accompanied by design and specification in five (5) copies (white pdnt).

1172.03 : lnstallation

:

(1) Pressure vessels shall be installed in a way that allparts are readily accessible for inspection.

(2) Pressure vessels installed underground shall be placed in concrete or brick pits with removable covers protected by suitable corrosion protection systems i.e. cathodic protection or other cathodic coatings as approved by the enforcing inspection authority. (3) Requirements in the preparation of pressure vessels installation plans including internal combustion engine and other mechanical equipments shall be as provided under Rule 1168.

1172.04: Fictor of Safety

:

The permissible working pressure of the pressure vessel shall be reduced to maintdin a factor of safety of not less that five (5) or such other factor as may have been specffied/fixed in the specification when an inspection of the pressure vessel shows signs of deterioration unless suitable repairs are done. lt shall be reduced or de-rated in accordance to the provisions of its design code based on the remaining thickness as determined by .:onducting thickness-gauging measurement.

1172.05: Access and lnspection Openings

.

:

(1) Except tor those types of pressure vessels, where such inspection opening" impracticable, pressure vessels shall be provided with:

a.

b.

,i"

suitable madhole, handhole or other openings or inspection, examination and cleaning or removable heads or cover plates of a size not less than the required area of the openings and located to provide adequate view of its interior.

(2) Provisions for manhole and handholes shall be as providqd and specified under ASME requirement based on vessel diameter.

(3) Handhole openings in pressure vessels shall be not less than 70 mm. (2314 in.) in size. 1172.06: Safety Appllancls

:

Pressure vessels shall be protected by such safety and relief valves, indicating and controlling devices to ensure their safe operation. The appliances shall be constructed, located and installed to avoirl any mechanicaldamage.

70

1172.01 : Safety Valves : (1) Safety valves in pressure vessels shall have mechanical lifting devices to lilt the valve disc from its seat when testing. The safeg valve shall be set within plus or minus ten percent (10%) of its designed pressure.

(2) Safety valves of pressure vessels where pressure is supplied from an outside source shall be connected to the vessels or system which are protected to prevent a rlse in pressure beyond the alpwable maximum (3) Pressure vessels in which pressure is generated, shall be provided with safety valves and connected:

a. b.

directly to the vessels, or if the contents of the vessels are likely to clog or cause interference with the operation, safety valves may be connected to the pipe lines leading to the vessels.

(4) Safety valves having either the seat or the disc of cast iron shall not be used in pressure

vessels.

L-.'

(5) The discharge capacity of safety valves on pressure vessels shall be sufficient foi the size of the supply pipes and the pressure at which the vessels are operated. (6) Outtets of safety valveg on pressure vessels shall be located or piped to avoid hazards to persons. (7) When two or more safety valves are fitted on a pressure vessel, ail except one of the valves shall be set to blow at a pressure slightly above but not more than ten percent (10%) of the maximum permiss'ible working pressure. '

(8) When two or more safety valves are placed in one connection for a pressure *bssel, such connection shal! have a cross-sectional area of at least equal to the combined areas of the safety ,

devices. -

r_

(9) Safety valves on pressure vessels shall be provkled with continuous drain.

1172.08: Rupture Discs

:

(1) Safety rupture discs, shall be made of suitable materials which are:

a. uniform in thickness; b. capable of withstanding any chemicalaction; and c. durable enough to withstand the least possible change. (2) Where safety rupture discs are used for additional protection of pressure vessels, they shall be designed to fail at a pressure above the safety valve setting.

?l

1172.09: ldentification of Control Valves

:

Where a baftery of pressure vessels is operated, control valves shall be plainly marked by numbering or by the use of a distinctive color system. lf the valve is located on the vessel, each vessel shall carry a mark conesponding to that on its valve.

1172.10: lndicating and Recording Devices

:

lndicating and recording devices on pressure vessels shall be protected against breakage or clogging and clearly legible to the operators. 1172.11 : lnspection

:

lnspection proceedings for Pressure Vessels shall be the same as provided under Rule 1162.02.

1173: Liquefied Petroleum Gas (LPG) Vessels and other Cylinders

:

(1) Vesse$,containing or are used as containers for liquefied petroleum gas (LPG), chemicals, catalyst and other corrosive gases shall be subjected to intemal and/or extemal inspection, including hydrostatic tests equal to 1.2 times the maximum working pressure at intervals not exceeding two (2) years in the case of cylinders for corrosive gases and five (5) yeiirs for other gas cylinders. However, intemal inspection shall be conducted on such a vesselat any time within this period if in the opinion of the competent authority, said inspection is deemed necessary due to known on inspected defects. (2) The result of the internal and/or external conduct of inspection on all pressure vessel parts and appliances, may upon the discretiodary power/privilege of the inspection authority, decide

whether or not

'

tO

subject the pressure vessel to a hydrostatic test

(3) ln lieu of hydrostatic tesi, radiographic, ultrasonic thickness gauging, ,agnetic particle, liquid penetrant and/or other equivalent non-destructive test shall be performed on stlch vessel. 117:).01 :

Cylinderhecords

:

Every cylinder owner/ or person responsible for the maintenance of the cylinder shall keep a cylinder maintenance logbook/ which shall shorrv the conesponding dates of all tests, internal and/or external inspection, cleaning and repairs undertaken. Such logbooU shall be made available upon request by the inspection authorily.

1173.02: Fittings

:

(1) Every cylinder shall be provkled with a device that prevents damage to the bottom of the gas cylinder; (2) Only materials resistant to the contents of the cylinder shall be used for parts of valves and fittings.

?1

(3) Copper and alloy containing copper shall not be used for parts or fittings on cylinders for liquefied ammonia dissolve under pressure. (4) All fittings of cylinders for oxygen and other oxidizing gases shall be kept free from grease.

(5) For allflammable gases, the connection screw shal! always be right handed except for LPG cylinders. 1173.03 : Markings and ldentifications

:

(1) Cylinders shall be legibly marked for the purpose of identifying the content inside with:

a. chemical symbols - to be stamped on the metal at the shoulder of the cylinder; and b. chemical name and trade name - to be stenciled, labeled or stamped and shall not be easily removed. (2) All markings shall be located on or near the shoulder of the cylinders.

(3) Metal stampings shall have a minimum height of 0.31 cm. (1/8 in.). (4) The height of lettering by printing, stenciling, labeling and pairtt or ink stamping snatt not be less than one over twenty five (1X25) of the diameter of the cylinder with a minimum height of 0.62 cm. (1/4 in.).

1173.01: Handling and

Storage:

i

('l) Cylinders shall be adequately protected against excessive variations of temperature, direct rays of the sun and continuous dampness. (2) Storage of charged cyfnAers inside factory buildings shall

be:

-

a. limited to such number as to be reasonably safe for the workers therein; b. suitably placed and secured against their falling and rolling. (3) Storage rooms containing charged cylinders should be appropriately markod on the outside with clearly visible danger signs. (4) Cylinders shall be segregated ior storage by type of gas and empty cylinders shall be stored apart from charged cylinders. (5) Cylinders shall not be placed:

a. in or near gangways, stainrays, elevator installat'ons or other places where moving b.

c. d.

objects may strike orfallagainst them; close to highly flammable substances; adjacent to air intake; and basement or cellar.

7t

(6) Storerooms shall:

a. be provided with adequate ventilatircn facilities to the outside air; and b. have an adequate number of exits having regard to the quantity and nature of the gas stored. (7) Smoking in cylinder rooms is prohibited. 1173.05 : Transport

:

(1) Gylinders shall be transported in a way that no part of the cylinders shall project beyond the sides or ends of the vehicle. (2) Adequate precaution shall be taken to prevent rough handling, excessive shocks or local stress.

(3) No cylinder shall be moved by a lifting magnet. (4) When cyfinders are moved by a hoisting mechanism, a property designed cradle with \. suitable slings shall be

used.

1174 : Steam Heated Pressure Vessels: 1174.01

:

Where steam heated pressure vessel is operaled at a pressrlre less than that of the main steam supply line, an effective reducing valve shallbe property secured against any manipulations by an unauthorized person.

1174.02:

'

Reducing valves and safety valves on steam lines for pressure vessels shall be Lstea occasionally. Steam'supply pipes for steam heated pressure vessels shall be placed in floor trenches, where practicable, or covered with insulating materials within 2 m. from the floor or working level to prevent excessive increase of temperature in thd atmosphere of the workroom. 1175 : Closed Steam Heated Pressure Vessels:

1175.01: lnterlocks

:

(1) Closed steam heated pressure vessels equipped with bayonet-t covers shall be provided with interlocks or other effective means for preventing:

a. b.

the rise of pressure inside the vessel before the cover is in fully locked position, and the release of the @ver from the locked position before the pressure inside the vessel has been reduced to atmospheric pressure.

?q

1

175.O2 : Steam Agitation

Where the contents of the closed vertical pressure vessels are stirred by means of a live steam, the vessel shall be provided with heavy coiled springs or other suitable shock absorbers under their s. 1175.03 : Revolving Closed Vessels: (1) Pressure gauges and safe$ valves on revolving cylindrical steam heated pressure vessels, such as revolvirrg autoclaves, devulcanizers, and rotary driers, shall be located on the steam lines at the trunnions thru which steam is itted into the vessels. (2) Driving mechanisms of revolving steam heated pressure vessels shall be provided with:

ab.

appropriate locking device: and safeguards in accordance with the requirement of Rule 1200.

(3) l3eforeJilling or emptying a revolving steam heated pressure vessel, the driving mechanism shall be tb-CteO in off position and the stop valves shall be locked in closed position. (4) Revolving steam heated pressure vessels shall be enclosed or guarded to a srlfficient height to prevent any person from coming into with them when in motion.

1175.04: Autoclaves

:

(1) Autoclaves shall be provided with casings that shall:

a. prevent,the contents from being forced out directly in the working spaces, and b. extend down to thqfloor to prevent any person frorfr walking under the vessel. (2)Autoclaves containing liquids shall be installed over pits or in casings of ligFt steel or other suitable materials,-tight at the bottom and capable of holding the charge or draining to a suitable receiver. (2) All electrical equipment in rooms where autoclaves containing flammable substances are installed shall be:

a. effectively grounded; and b. of approved explosbn - proof type. (4) Linings of autoclaves shall be examined frequently for leaks and shall be renewed before the shells are damaged. (5) The heating of oil for oil-jacketed autoclaves shall be performed at pi-ints remote from the vessels.

?5

1175.05: Digesters:. (1) Digesters used for the cooking of wood chips shall be equipped with piping of conosion resistant materials and of adequate thickness, particularly between the blowoff and blow-pits.

(2) Blow-off valves on digesters shall be so ananged that they can be operated from a location outside the digester room or fiom protected point romote from the valves. (3) Openings of blow-pits shall be so constructed as small as possible with raised sides or guarded by standard nailings of not less than 1.25 m. (48 in.) in height. (4) Openings of blow-pits shall be preferably on the side of the pits. (5) Ladders for access to blow-pits shall be constructed that the doors of the blow-pits cannot be closed when the ladders are in place. (6) An effective waming system consisting of bells, whistles or other signalling devices, shall be installed in digesters and blow-pits rooms, to be sounded or operated before and while digesters are beinffilown.

(7) Before opening blow-off valves to discharge the contents, the following procedtires shall be observed:

a. the blow-pit shall be free from stock and water; b. precautions shall be taken to ensure that all workers are out of the blow-pit; c. the door of the blow-pit shall be securely fastened; and d. workers in the digesters and blow-pit rooms shal! be warned by signats that the blow-off valve is to be opened. (8) Blow-off valves on dige'sters shall be opened slowly. (9) Head covers on digesters indicated on the steam - ligesters shall not be loosened while any pressure is inoic]te

gauge.

(10) Persons not directly concerned shall not be permitted in digester buildings while digesters are being blown. (1 1) Each floor of digester buildings shall be provided with not less than twc (2) unobstructed means of egress.

I

17 5.OO

: Distilling Apparatus

(1) Stills shall be equipped wmr aupticate pressure gauges, safety vatves and recording thermometers or pyrometers. (2) Charging vapor and steam lines on stills shall be:

a. fifted with dual valves, with a bleeder between them, and b. provided with arrangements for disconnecting and blanking

the tines.

,b

(3) Convenient and safe access for quick manipulation of overhead valves on stills shall be provided. (4) Where horizontal shell stills are mounted at varying heights to allow gravity flow, the manhole ladders shall be of difierent lengths to fit the front manhole of each'still at the proper angle. (5) When preparing apparatus used in distilling flammable, corrosive or toxic fluids for cleaning or repairs, the following procedure shall be observed:

a. steam inlet valves shallbe bcked in close position b. all charging fluid shall be pumped out; c. all inlet lines shall be disconnected and blanked or the inlet valves shall be locked in d.

position; and the stills shallbe blown through with live steam itted through a top connection.

(6)When stills are to be charged with cold liquids, they shallfirst be filled with steam until all the air has been expelled and steam shows at the safety and vacuum relief valves. (7) When stil!5lre charged with hot liquids, they shall be steame( progressively from the stills through the tower and condensing equipment to a try cock on the gas line.

1175.07: Kiers: Where hot liquids, such as solutions of caustic soda, lime sulphuric acid are used in circulating kiers coiling out textile materials or in similar closed pressure vessels, the liquids:

a. b.

shall be prepared in separate vessel or tanks, and. shall not be itted to the pressure vessels until loading of the materials to be processed has been coppleted.

'1175.08

: Vulcanizers and Devulcanizers:

(1) Vulcanizers and devulcanizers door fastening shall be of ample strength, properly spaced and carefully secured. (2) Vulcanizers and devulcanizers shall be installed above the floors high enough to permit piping valves and traps on the same floors as the vessels. This requirement shall not apply where it is necessary to install bottoms of horizontalvulcanizers below floor levels in order to place the car tracts on the vulcanizers on the same level as the floor tracks. (3) Periodic and thorough internal and extema! inspections shall be made of vulcanizers including allattachmenls and oonnecting equipment, at intervals not exceeding three (3) months. (4) Before allowing workers to enter vulcanizers or devulcanizers for the purpose of releasing jammed or derailed vulcanizer cars or for any other necessary operation, the following shall be observed:

77

a. steam valves and other supply valves shall be locked in closed position; b. the blowdown valves on the individual vessel and on any other vessel using the same

c.

d.

drain shallbe locked in ckcsed position; the vessels shall be free of hazardous fumes or vapor; and the vessels shall be cooled suffieiently to prevent workers from being burned or over exposed to heat.

(5) Safety valves for vulcanizers and open-steam type devulcanizers shall be attached directly to the shells of the vessels.

(6)Vulcanizers and open-steam type devulcanizers equipped with bolted doors shall be provided with hinged type door belts securely attached to lugs on the shell rings. (7) Before any attempt is made to open the doors of vulcanizers or open-steam gpe devulcanizers, the following shall be observed:

a. b.

c.

the steam supply valves shall be closed; the blow4own and telltale valves shall be opened untilthe telltale valve indicates that all inteEplpressure has been relieved; and the drain valves shall be opened.

(8) Vulcanizers and open-steam type devulcanizers shall be equipped with individual blow-down piping and ttre use of common blow down is prohibited.

(9) Horizorrtal vulcanizers and open type devulcanizers shall be equioped with:

a. b.

a drain valve at the bottom near the front of the vessel for draining condensed for cooling water from the vessels and to avoid scalding of workers when the doors are opened, and an additionaldrain valve near the center, when the vessel is morc,Jh'an 0.75 m. (2.5ft.) in

length.

.

(10) Vertical vulcanizers and devulcanizers shall be provided with suitable platfoims equipped with standard railingg and toeboards and arranged to make allworking areas accessible. 1'175.09 Vulcanizers:

(1) Doors on vulcanizers shall be of quick opening type, with fastening and locking arrangements in full sight of the operators. (2) Quick opening vulcanizers doors shall be equipped with automatic interlocks that will prevent doors from being opened until all pressure has been relieved. (3) Power-operated vulcanizer doors running in verticalguides shall be equipped with automatic latches in the guides to prevent the doors from falling in the event'of failure of the hoisting mechanism.

(4)Vulcanizens shall be equipped with telltale valves, preferably located on the vulcanizer doors, for reducing the pressure inside to atmospheric level before the doors can be opened.

78

(5) Where bottoms of horizontal vulcanizers extend below the floor levels, th'e pits shall be guarded at the sides by standard railings and toeboards, and at the ends by removable rails or by chain canying waming signs. (6) Where vulcanizers cars are used, car stops shall be provided in the rear part of the vulcanizers to prevent the cars from striking workers when rolled in. (7) Plates over spiders on top of hydraulic rams on vertical type vulcanizers shall be perforated and provided with center holes large enough to prevent the accumulation of steam within the rams and the blowing out of the moulds or plates upon removal of the covers. (8) Vertical type vulcanizers shall be provided with overflow pipes of the water operating the hydraulic rams, with a capacity not less than that of the water inlet pipes, inserted through the cylinder wall at the limit of travel necessary for the ram1 17

5.10 : Alkali Devulcanizers:

(1) Where safety valves on alkali devulcanizers may be clogged by rubber or other foreign materials*om the contents of the vessels, safety rupture discs should be substituted

(2)Alkali devulcanizers shall be provided with baffles directly on the inner shells at.the entrance to the safety valves, steam gauges, and blow-down lines. (3)Workers exposed to splashes from caustic liquids used in alkali devulcanizers shall be provided with suitable personal protected equipment conforming to the requirement of Rule 1

080.

(4) Discharge pipes and closed dump tanks for stationary alkali devulcanizers shall be designed to withstand devirtcanizersi.pressure in the event the lines-are opened under high pressure. (4) Revolving sphericalalkalidevulcanizens shall be provided

with:

:

a. individual niotor drives or effective means of locking the driver to prevent

the possibility

ol accidental starting;

"b. remote power controls, beyond the reach of persons c.

standing in front of the manhole;

and, automatic interlocking devices which will prevent starting the driving mechanism until the manhole covers are lose and locked except when the operators keep their hands on the power controls.

1176 ; Open Steam Heated Pressure Vessels: 1 17

6.01 : General Provislons:

(1) Where the top edges of large open steam pressure vessels are less than 1.20 m. (a ft.) above the floor or working level, the vessels shall be surrounded by standard railings to the flor)r, so that workers can watch the operations, without the possibility of falling into the vessels or being bumed by splashing materials.

T\

(4) Batteries of open kiers or similar open steam heated pressure vessels shall be arranged that:

a. the distance between the edges of the vessels is at least 45 cm. (18 in.); and b.

there is unobstructed space for age around each vesselof at least 45 cm. (18 in.).

(5) Planks, ladders, stairs and other gangways placed over open steam heated pressure vessels containing hot liquftl or hot water shall be securely fastened and provided with standard railings and toeboards preferably fitted with fillers. (4) Sitting or standing on the edges of open steam heated pressure vessels or on guards surrounding such vessels is prohibited. (5) Where open steam heated pressure vessels give rise to excessive water vapor, adequate steps shall be taken to reduce the relative humidity of the workroom. 1176.02 : Open Jacketed Kettles

:

(1) JackeL+of steam jacketed cooking or tenderizing kettle shall be thoroughly drained before the steam supply valves are open. (2) When itting steam to cold steam jacketed kettles, the steam sup;ily valves snatt opened slowly.

Oe

(3) Wooden scrapers should be provided and used for removing semi-solid or sticky finished products from steam jacketed pivoted kettles or kettles with side discharged doors. (4) Open steam jacketed starch kettles used in textile industry shall be provided with covers arranged that the process can be observed, and with large otrerflo'rv rings with ample drains. (5) Workers around open steam jacketed kettles shall be provided with, and useil suitable protective clothing conforming to Rule 1080.

(5) Before cleaning or making repairs inside open steam jacketed kettles, all:

a. b.

c.

agitating devices shall be locked or blocked to be inoperative; valves or drains connected on common heads shall be closed or blocked; and pipings for introducing steam or other dangerous substances shall be disconnected and blanked or their inlet valves shall be locked in the closed position.

1176.03 : Open Evaporating Pans

:

(1) Open evaporating panifor substances which are flammable when dry, shall be kept free of impurities and the steam coils always covered by liquids when operated. (2) Steam coils in open evaporatorc pans shall prevent the creation of a vacuum through steam condensation drawing the material processed into the coils, which tnay cause explosion.

1o

1177 : Water and

Air Pressure Tanks:

1177.01: General Provisions

:

The water supplied to water pressure tanks shall be free from suspended solids and sedimentary matters. 1177.O2: Hot Water Pressure Tanks: (1) Hot water pressure tanks shall be designed to withstand full boiler pressure.

(2) Every hot water pressure tank not designed to withstand full boiler pressure shall be equipped with:

a. a reducing valve located between the steam stop valve and the tank; and b. one or more relief or safety valves on the low pressure sirle of thc-rdducing valve. (3) Every hot pressure tank should be equipped with autoniatic temperature regulator set to prevent thE'generation of steam. (4) Pressure gauges for hot water pressure tanks shall be installed between the reducing valves and the relief safe$ valves. (5) Steam and hot water piping for hot water pressure tanks shall be adequately insulated where it is exposed to . (6) Hot water tanks shall be examined fr6quently for leaks of steam or water, which shall include hydrostatic tests when deemed necessary by the Safety Engineer of the Regional Labor Office or authorized representativq. 1177.O3: Cold Water Pressure Tanks: (1) Pressure gauges for coH water pressure tanks for sprinkler system shall be provided with separate shut-off valves with anangements for draining.

(2) Discharge valves on coE water pressure tanks for sprinkler system shall be locked or sealed in the open position and shall be inspected frequently to make sure that they are open. (3) Cold water pressure system shall be provided with one or more pressure relief valves adjusted to release over the maximum air pressure ol the system.

1177.04: Air Receivers

:

(1) Air recelvers shall be:

a. protected from the wealher; and b. accessible for external and internal inspection. (2) Air receivers shall be provided with suitable openings for inspection and cleaning.

8l

(3) Where two or more receivers are served by one oompressor, the air supply piping for each tank shall be equipped with a stop valve and with a safety valve between the stop valve and the

compressor. (4) Safety valves for air receiver shall be proportional to the maximum quantity of free air that can be supplied. (5) Stop valves shallbe installed between air receivers and each corrsuming appliance at points conveniant to the operator. (6) Pipe lines of @mpressed air systems shall be

:

\..

a. securely fastened in place; and b. instalted not to interfere with free contraction or expansion of the pipings between fixed points. (7) Air receivers shall be equipped at the lowest point possible with automatic drain traps or with valves which shall be opened daily, for relieving the vessels of air, moisture and oil accumulated at the bottqns. (8) Air receivers shall be kept clean of oil, carbon and other foreign substances. (9) Compressed air shall not be handled or used by any person except in the performance of his duties. ln no case shall a jet of compressed air be directed against any person.

(10) No vessel shall be used as an air receiver unless it meets th,:: requirements of Rule 1171.02.

'

(11) Compressed air shall not be used to force liquid or substance out of containers which are not constructed to withstan'd the pressure of the air supplied, 1178 : Refrigeration Tanks 1178.01 : Refrigeration Rooms:

(1) Factory rooms in which refrigeration tanks and olher parts of refrigeration systems are permanently installed and operated shall:

a. be provided with tighhfitting doors; b. have no partitions or openings that will permit thd age of refrigerants to other parts of buildings; and

c. be provided with mgchanica! means of ventilation. 1178.O2: Not more than two (2) refiigeration tanks shall be located one above within the same area between floor and ceiling.

Q

1178.03 : Open Flames:

All electrical equipment shal! be of the approved expbsion proof type. No flame producing devices or hot surfaces shall be permitted in rooms where refrigeration tanks are installed.

1178.04: Materials: All materlals used in the construction and installation of refrigeration tanks shall be capable of withstanding the chemical action. 1

178.05: Gauge Glasses:

Liquid level gauge glasses for refrigeration tanks, except the bull's type, shall be fitted with automatic shut-off valves. 1178.06 : Stop Valves:

Refrigeration tanks shall be equipped with stop valves at each inlet and orltlei pipes. L;.,

1178.07 : Pressure Relief Device:

(1) Refrigeration tanks shut off by valves from other parts of the refrigeratiorr system, ,hrll b" equipped with:

a. at least two (2) pressure relief valves or one pressure relief rralve in parallel b.

with a rupture memberwhen the capacityof the tank exceeds 140 liters (5 cu. ft.)and its diameter exceeds 15 cm. (6 in.) an! a pressure relief device or a fusible plug, when the capacity of the tank is 140 liters (5 cu. ft.) or ldss.

.

.

(2) Pressure relief devices for refr(leration tanks shall be connected directly to the vessels and shall be placed above the liquid refrigerant level. (3) Pressure relief ,"L"" and fusible plugs for refrigeration tanks shall be provided with disehargd pipes, leading directly and separately to the outside of the building, with outside outlets located to protect persons from exposure to any initating or toxic fumes or vapors. (7) Pressure relief valves and fusible plugs for refrigeration tanks containing ammonia or sulphur dioxide shall discharge into substantial tanks of the closed type or provided with hinged covers, used for no other purpose than the absorption of the refrigerants. 1179: Gompressor: 1

179.01 : lnstallation

All compressors shall be installed on firm foundations and securely fastened in place.

33

1

179.02 : Machine Guarding:

All moving parts of air compressors shall be safeguarded in accordance with the provisions of Rule 1200. 1179.03 : Pressure Limiting Device: (1) Air compressors or shall be equipped with:

a. b.

1

automatic mechanisms which will stop the air compressing operation when the maximum allowable pressure is reached;and electrically operated pressure limiting devices on air @mpressors shall be designed and constructed that the elactric contracts cannot lock orfuse in a position which willcause the compressors to continue its air+ompressing operations.

179.04:- Speed Govemors

Unloaded air compressor or governor controls of engines shall be inspected frequently and regularly andmaintained in good working conditions. 1179.05:

Lubrication:

-

Air compressor cylinder shall be lubricated with just sufficient oil to avoid excess oil from flowing into the intercoolers, receivels and other parts of the system. \-. 1179.06 : Cooling (1) Where air compressors cylinders are equipped with water cooling jackets, a visible indication of water flow be provided. .

(2) lntercoolers and after-coolers shall be designed and constructed to withstand safety the maximum pressure in.their discharge piping. 1179.07: Air lntake and Discharge Piping: (l) Air intakes for air compressors shall be located at a place where the air is pure, clean and free from any flammable or toxic gases or fumes. (2) Air discharge piping ftom air compressors operating at high temperature shall be provided with insulating cover.

(3) lf necessary, separator shall be installed at a convenient point between the compressor and the receiver. 1179.08 : Valve: (1) Where stop valves are installed in the air discharge piping from air compressor:

a.

the vaives shall be easily accessible for inspection and cleaning; and

3T

b.

one or more safety valves shal! be installed between the compressor and stop valve.

(2) Steam or gas supply lines to steam driven air oompressor shall be provided with a manually operated throttle valve in a readily accessible location (3) Gompressor valves shatl be inspected frequently and regularly and leaking valvo shall be immediately repaired or replaced.

Manila, Phillppines, 18 December 2fi)1.

/.+r*

fA?frcn

is

Republic of the Philippines DEPARTMENT OF LABOR AND EMPLOYMENT lntramuros, Manila

DEPARTMENT ORDER NO. 15 Series of 2001 Pursuant to Article 162 ofPresidential Decree No.442,othenvise known as the Labor Code of the Philippines, as amended, the following Rules on lnternal Combustion Engine and Power Piping Lines are hereby promulgated and issued as follows:

Rule 1180 INTERNAL COMBUSTION ENGINE 1181: Definition of 1. "lntemal Gombustion Engine' can be a two or four stroke cycle piston engine wherein heat energy is developed by burning the air-fuel mixture (gas, diesel, oil, etc.) inside the combustion chamber which in turn produces mechanical energy in the form of reciprocating and notating forces of expanding gases during combustion to drive a piston, shaft or propeller. Diesel engine is the principal internal combustion engine for stationary power plant.

2. "Horsepower" (hp) is the amount of energy or work required to raise, create or force a weight of 33,000 pounds to a height or distance of one-foot in one-minute time; a standard unit of power equivalent to 746 watts or 746 joules/second. 11

81.01 : Application/Goverage

The Rule on internal combustion engine shall cover or apply to th'e following: 1. Portable/mobile generating units which may be moved from site to site where electrical power ls required.

2. Standby units, normally idle, which can be activated when there is a failure of central station power where an interruption would mean a financial loss or danger to life and property (such as in tunnel lighting, operating rooms, key industrial processes, etc.). 3. Engine driven generator units installed in power plants where they are the normal primary source of electrical power generated for industrial and general utilities services.

4. Prime movers for industrlal manufacturing processes and services. 5. All internal combustion engines used in construction and agriculturalservices and other similar applications, except those engines used in transportation such as automobile, aircraft engine, gas or liquid compressor engine, marine or ship motor engines.

tr,

1

182: General Provislons

1. No intemal combustion engine shall be installed. and/or operated in the Philippines without the permit issued for the purpose by the Secretary of Labor and Employment or his duly a uthorized representative.

2. Application for installation of an internal combustion engine shall be filed through the Regional Labor Office concerned for processing or verification, accompanied by the manufacturer's data sheets, working drawing, foundation with design computation, installation and site location plan and vicini$ map, all in five (5)copies in white or blue'print duly signed and sealed by a professional mechanical engineer and duly signed by the owner. 3. A permit to operate an internal combustion engine issued by the Secretary of Labor and Employment or his duly authorized representative shall be valid during the period covered by the permit unless revoked for justiliable reasons (e.9., unsafe to operate). 4. Any removal andlor change of location of an internal combustion engine shall be reported to the Regional Labor Office concerned and shall be considered as a new installation.

5. Change-oi ownership of an internal combustion engine shall be reported to and applied with the Regional l-abor Office concerned. 6. The personnel requirement in the operation of internal combustion engine shall be in accordance with Republic Act No. 8495 (Mechanical Engineering Law). 1

182.01: Standards Requ irement

As a minimum requirement for purposes of installation, plan checking, inspection, and other considerations prior to the clearance of any installation and Use of internal combustion engine, Chapter 2 of the Philippine Society of Mechanical Enginebring (PSME) Code andRule 1060 of the OccupationalSafe$ and Health Standards shall be applied. 1182.022

lnspectlon

1. The Regional Labor ffice through its duly authorized representative shall conduct inspection of internal combustion engine accompanied by the representative of the owner and/or the supervising plant mechanical engineer for operation and maintenance and those who installed the internal combustion engine on the following phases of work:

a. During the construction phase of the foundation and/or installation of the internal combustion engine;

b. Before being placed into service after installation; c. Before being placed into service after modification; and d. Periodically at intervals not exceeding 12 months. 2. Upon receipt of Notice of Annual lnspection, the owner or shall order the responsible plant mechanicalengineerfor operation and maintenance to prepare the internal combustion engine and its surrounding facilities for the inspection,

r7

3. While the internal combustion engine is running, the following shall be noted:

a. crack on base foundation; b. noise level; c. excessive vibration; d. exhaust gas emission level; e. heat level; and

f. -

ventilation system.

1183: lnternal Combustion Engine Room/Building

All buildings, permanently or temporarily used, shall be structurally safe and sound to prevent their collapse. 1.

-

2. Roof shall be of sufficient strength to withstand normal design load, typhoon and strong winds in addition to carrying suspended loads. 3. Floors overwhich any person is likely to walk shall be sufficiently even to afford safe walking. +. fnof snall be free from holes and splinters, improperly fifted gufters or conduits, protruding nails and bolts, projecting valves or pipes or other obstructions which create sturiibling hazards.

-

5. Floors shall not be slippery under any condition.

-

6. Engine room shall be at a minimum of 3.0 meters in height or as specified by the manufacturers. 7. Adequate

,

spac

maintenance a'nd equipment shall b for easy access.

een engine or equipment to allow normal operation, the engine-to-the engine room wallor any eter. Engine room shall have two independent doors .

8. Engine room/building shall be suitabty or adequately lighted for the operation and other type of work performed.

i IL i I L

9. Normal atmospheric conditions shall be maintained in the engine room by naturalor artificial ventilation to avoid insufficient air supply, stagnancy of air, excessive heat, toxic gases, excessive dryness and other objectionable i

odors.

,l0.

Engines with 'weatherproof housings which are installed outdoors oron roofs of structures shall be located at a rninimum of 1.5 m from openings in walls and at least 1.0 m from structures having combustible adjace-nt walls.

,

I

1 L I

1 1. Engines rated at more than 50 hp shall be located in accordance with no. 10 or shall be installed in detached structures reserved exclusively for the purpose with equipment and processes having similar hazard, or in rooms within or attached to other structures.

t2. Detached structures shall be of noncombustible or fire-resistive construction. Provision shall be made for venting a fuel explosion with minimum structural damage. Ventilation adequate to

rg

prevent a hazardous accumulation of flammable vapors or gases shall be provided both when the engine is operating or shut down. 13. Rooms located within structures shall have interior walls, floors and ceilings of at least one hour fire resistance rating. (The ceiling of such a room located on the top floor of a structure need not be fire-resistive but shall be non combustible or protected with automatic sprinklers).

a.

b.

These rooms shall have provision for venting a fuel explosion with minimum structuraldamage; or, ventilation adequate to prevent a hazardqus accumulation of flammable vapors or gases shall be provided both when the engine is operating or shut down. Openings in the engine room that open into other sections'of the structure ihall be provkled with automatic or self closing fire doors or dampers to confine a fire to the engine room.

14. Rooms attached to structures shallcomply with no. 12 except that the common wall shall have a fire resistance rating of at least one hour. Openings in the engine room shall preferably be in outside walls, but if they open into other sections of the structure, they shall be provided with autonlatic or self-closing fire doors or dampers. 15. ln areas where flammable gases or liquids, combustible'dusts or flying normally exists, engines not compressing a flammable gas or not pumping a'flammable liquid shall be installed in an enclosure of fire-resistive construction, with outside access only and well ventilated from a non-hazardous outside area. 16. Gasoline or liquefied petroleum gas fueled engines shall not be installed in rooms or locations containing fired equipment or open flames. 17. Appropriate fire protection equipment shall be provided lor the engine and the location. e.g. fire extinguishers, fire hoses and pumps 18. Appropriate exhaust silencer shall be provided to minimize or maintain noise= level. 19. All exhausts from internal combustion engine shall be directed outside to a safe area in accordance with the requirements of the Department of Natural Resources (DENR).

20. Safety signages shall be posted on prominent position at strategic location and, as far as practicable, be in the language understandable to allthe workers. 1183.01: lnternal Combustion Engine Foundation Requirements 1. Foundations shall be of sufficient strength, structurally designed to sustain safely the loads for which they are designed. Under no condition shallthey be overloaded.

2. Floor slabs or building footings shall be isolated from foundation base by at least 25 mm. around its perimeter to eliminate transmission of vibration. Opening shall be filled with watertight insulation.

gr

3. Foundation shall be concrete, at least class A mixture of 1 part cement, 2 parts sand and 4 parts broken stone or gravel (50 mm. max.) or at least 211.36 kg/cm2 (3000 psi). 4. Foundation shall be poured monolithically, with no interruption, for spading and ramming purposes. 5. Engine should be placed on the foundation only after seven days have elapsed from pouring of base and should be operated only afler 20 days have elapsed from placement or as per

specifications of the manufacturer/installer. 6. Additional vertical and horizontal steel bars shall be placed on concrete foundations as reinforcement to avoid thermal cracking.

7. Specified size of foundation boltsshallbe used and surrounded by a pipe sleeve. 8. Minimum forrndation bolts shall be at least 12 mm, in diameter. 9. The weight of the engine plus the weight of the concrete foundation shall be distributed over a sufficient soil base arei large enough to cause a bearing stress within the safe bearing capacity of the soil with a factor of safety of five (5), as minimum. 1

183.02: Machine Guarding

All moving parts of the engines, transmission equipment and all dangerous parts of driven machinery shall be effectively guarded in accordance with the provisions of Rule 1200 of the OccupationalSafety and Health Standards.

\

Hot surfaces shatt be provided with insulation or guarding.

'

I 183,03: Personal Protectfve Equipment

On-dug personnelfor engines requiring regutar attendants shall be provided *i,i p"r.on., protective equipmertt appropriate for the hazard present. 1184: Requirements in the Preparation of lnterna! Combustion Engine lnstallation Plan Before an internal combustion engine (diesel, gasoline, gas or oil, etc.) is installed, the owner/manager or his authorized representative shallfile with the Regional Labor Office concerned an application for internal combustion engine installation, accompanied by each sheet of plans in blue or white print, all in five (5) copies. The following shall be incorporated in the plans. 1. Vicinity and Location Plans:

Site of the establishment indicating any known landmarks, such as street, private or public place or building and an atrow indicating NORTH direction drawn not necessarily to scale.

2. Room Layout:

9o

a. b.

The detail room drawn to scale indicating the position of the engine.to the surrounding walls or any machinery/equipment in the room. There shall be at least two independent doors. The type of materials used for the room walls, may either be concrete, adobe, hollow blocks or other type of fire-resistive wall and noise-proof walling.

3. lnstallation and Foundation Plans:

a. b.

c. d.

e.

The front and side views of the engine installation with the foundation. This shall include the detail of anchorage or setting of the engine to the cohcrete foundation. The dimensions of the concrete foundation shall also be indicated. The detail layout of the equipmenUmachinery to be shown powered by the engine. The method of the main drive, whether belt/s or others must be presented. The piping installation especially those within a height ol 2.13 meters from the floor line. Guarding of moving or power transmission parts.

4. lnternal Combustion Engine Data and Specification: tJ

a. BHP (Factory Catalog Rating) b. Manufacturer or make, kind of internal combustion engine c. Type and model, serialnumber d. Bore and stroke, number of cylinders e. Gycle stroke and revolution per minute (rpm)

f.

Method of fuel injection

g. Type of cooling h. Type of lubrication

i. Type of governor j. Method of starting k. Method of drive . l. lnternalCombustionEngineapplication/use 5. Foundation Design

a. b.

c.

d. e.

The The The The The

Computation:

"

gross weight of the machine engine and its accessories. base area and volume of concrete foundation. type of concrete mixture used and densi$ of concrete. soil bearing capacity in the locality where the engine is to be installed. factor of safety of the concrete foundation shall be at least five.

6. Size of Plans: All sheets of plans to be submitted shall be of the following sizes: 375 cm. x 530 cm 530 cm. x 750 cm. 750 cm. x 1065 cm

Minimum Maximum

1t

7. Title Block:

The size shall be 7.62 cm. in width, while the total length of the lower part of the plan will be occupied by the title block to contain:

a. b.

c. d. e. 1

Name in print, signature and seal of professional mechanical engineer indicating his/her registration number, PTR number, place and date issued and Tax ldentification Number. lnitials of the draftsman, date of plan prepared, sheet number and scale used, Minimum scale of 1:100 except for small and minute parts/details where a convenient scale may be used to show clearly the parts/details. Title of the plan. Name in print and signature of owner/manager of the establishment indicating his/her Tax ldentification Number. Name and address of establishment,

185: Portable/Mobile lnternal Combustion Engines

1. Application for installation of a portable/mobile internal combustion engine shall be filed with the Regional Labor Office concemed for the processing or verification accompanied by the manufacturers data sheets, working drawing showing the mounting of the unit in white or blue print, all in five (5) copies.

2. All plans shall be drawn in standard metric scale. Minimum scale shall be 1:100 except for small and minute parts/details where a convenient scale may be used to show cleady the parts/details. 3. All pertinent papers/documents required'shall be signed by the owner/manager of the unit and signed and sealed by a professional mechanical engineer. 4. The necessary annuat inspiction shall be conducted on or before the expiration.iate of the permit to operate issued by the Regional Labor Office concemed and the inspection fee shall be paid for the issuance 9f a new permit. 5. The new permit shall be valid for one-year operation regardless of the.:ubsequent transfer of location of operation of such unit, provided that such permit is available at'rhe location of operation.

RULE 1240 POWER PIPING LINES 1241: Definition of 1. "Power Piping Line" shaliinclude allsteam, water, air, gas, hazardous substances, oil piping and the component parts such as the pipe, flanges, bolting, gaskets, valves, fittings and other components related to steam generating plants, central heating plants and industrial plants.

2. "lnstallation" shall mean assemblance or connection of power piping in a given location, designed for safety operation in accordance with the prescribed standards.

q?

3. "Cleared" shall mean acceptance by the Regional Labor Office concerned after verification and checking of the applications, plans and other pertinent documents showing compliance with prescribed installation req uirements.

1242: General Provisions 1. Application for installation of a power pipeline shall be flled with the Regional Labor Office concerned for processing and evaluation. Application shall be accompanied by the working drawings showing location plant piping layout and piping specifications, all in five (5) copies (white/blue print) duly signed by the owner and signed and sealed by a professional mechanical engineer.

2. No power piping line shall be connected/installed without the plans cleared by the Regional Labor Office concemed. 3. No power piping line shall be operated until the necessary documents are submitted and final inspection conducted, the safety permit is issued upon payment of the corresponding inspection fee. f:

4. Any repair work done on power pipeline shall be documented and shall be made available during the conduct of periodic inspection. 1

2432

Standards Requirements

For purposes of design installation, inspection and other considerations prior to the clearance of any installation of the power piping connection system, Chapter 11 on Power Piping System of the Philippine Society of Mechanical Engineering (PSME)Code shall be applied as a minimum requirement. 1244:

Construction '

1. Power piping shall be designed to be of sufficient strength suitable for their intended use.

2. Power pipeline shall be provided with safety and or relief valves, indicating and controlling devices to ensure their safe operation. The safety devices shall be accessible, installed and maintained in good operating condition. 3. The discharge capaci$ of safety valves provided on power pipelines shall be sutficient for the size and pressure at which the power pipeline is operated.

4. Outlets of safety valves on power pipeline shallbe installed on location so that hazards to personnel shall be avoided. 5. ln the absence of appropriate provisions in the PSME Code, thb manner of installation of approved pressure relief devices such as rupture discs shall be in accordance with the code of practice for mechanical engineering under the supervision of a professional mechanical engineer. 6. lndicating and recording devices on power pipeline shall be protected against breakage or clogging and shallbe clearly visible.

qr

7. Where pressure reducing valves are used, one or more relief or safety valves shall be provided on the low pressure side of the reducing valve, in case the piping or equipment on the low pressure sfuJe does not meet the requirements for the full initial pressure. The relief or safe$ valve shall be located ading or as close as possible to the reducing valve. The vents shall be of ample size and as short and direct as possible.

8. Pressure gauge in power pipeline shall be installed on the low pressure side of a reducing valve.

9. Flange connections for their respective pressures and temperatures shall conform to the specifications set forth by the PSME Code. 10. Piping lines must be provided with loops and bends and expansion ts to avoid:

a. failure because of excessive stresses; b. excessive thrusts or moments at connected component; or

c. leakage at t because of expansion of the pipe. r'

1

1. Welding in power piping lines whether in the shop or at the

job site must be done by

qualified welders. 12. All power pipelines shal! follow the standard color code as required il- Rule 1230 of the Occupational Safety and Health Standards. 13.

Allpower pipelines shallhave appropriate s or hangers and guard provision against

bumps.

.

14.

Allother provisions on bolting, flanges, fittings, gaskets,Jrangers, s, anchors, pipe

sleeves, drains, drips and steam traps requirement in the power pipeline shall be In accordance/conformity with the provisions in Chapter 11 (Power Piping Systemfof the PSME Code as a minimum requirement. 1245: Non -Destructive Test

Allnewly installed and repaired pipelines are required to be subjected to a random NonDestructive Testing prior to its operation, by either Radiographic Examination (RT) or Ultrasonic Test (UT). 1

246: tlydrostatic Test

After installation, all piping line connection shall be hydrostatically tested and shall observe the following:

a. b.

The ends of the pipelines and any equipment are blanked off, such as, pressure reducing valve diaphragms is removed or protected to avoid over pressure. Applied hydrostatic test is equal to 1.5 times the service operating pressure for a minimum of 24 hrs. for new installation and 4 hours for existing repaired/installation.

qi

For strict compliance of all concerned.

Manila, Philippines, December 18, 2001.

F

r V

I b

] E

V

QI

Rublic of thc Philippincs

DEPARTMENT OF LABOR AND EMPLOYMENT Intrgmuros. Mooila

,,i

r)rit,Att't'i\ilrN't'oRDtittNo.

.i :;

I .iji

-7/'o/:,,,:,;

l_rt.i

2.:

,

11'

Serics ot'200,1

Pttrsttnnl

lo Arliclo 162 of thc l're-sidential Dccrcc No 442. othonvise knorvn:rs thc l,nhor

Codc.ol'thc l'hilippincs, as anrcttdcd. thc tbllorr,ing llulc on Srconr 'l'urtrirrrr is

hcrelrl'

pronrulgatcd nnd issucd as lbllorvs:

-t,

Rulc t l9o Stcnrrr Turhirre I

l9l:

Defirrition of Tcrrrrs:

.E

l,

Stcanr'l'rrrbinc - refcrs to a prinrc ntover, spccificnlly:r lreat crrginc, rrsrrallt consisting of crrned vancs on a ccnlral rotating spin(llc nctilalcrt lly tlre rcaclion, inrpulsc irr both, ol'a stca[l currcnt subjcctcrt to pressurc.

2

- rclbrs to an cnginc or nrotor trpcrarcil by stcarrr, girs. air, clectricity, liquid or gasoline. lirel, liquids in nrotiun ()r othcr ftrnrrs o['crrcrql and rvhose ntain tirnclion is to drivc or ol)cralc, cirher dircctlv or irrrlircctiri. l)rilnc lr4ovqr

other nrcchanical and elcctrical cquipnrcnt.

3. Major Rair - rcfcrs lo

an-v rair/reptacenrcnt

o[

an,r,

rnajor stcurn lur6inc

conrponents spccific to:

':

E. Replaccnrcnt ol'rotating

b.

bladcs

i

Rgpair/rlcccnrcnt ol'slirtionary llladcs-'

4. l(cvision or rnodificnliort - rclcrs lo altcrution of cxistirrlr
t

lgl.tll:

a.

[r

tlpgradc ol'capacir-v Rlnccrrrcnl of ]tclv arrd rlill'crcrtt tlcsiqrr turtrirre.

Stennr'lirrbinc Porycr

ttnting:

t

lur[.ir.rg-- gcncrntor units arrd thc rncchanical drivc turbines. lre rrlctl in kilorr.a[s (ktv).

ll92:

Coverage:

l.

lndrrstrill lrorvcr lnslirllnliorr

2. Auxiliary I'otvcr lnstallntion 3. lrowcr ltlant lnshltntion 4. Clomntercial Porver lnstollation I

193:

I

193.01:

Gcneral trrovisions: 'l'hc Secrelary ofLubor nnd Enrploynrcnt or his/hcr tluly nutlrorizcrl rrcscntativc

shtll isurc pcrnrit to opcrnlc all stcam trrrbincs instalicd and/or opeiatcd in

thc

Phillppines aRcr complying with rhc follorving rcqrrircnrcrrts:

l0

u All applications and installation plans shall bc filcrl rvitlr lhc llcgiorral Oflicc having jurisdiction ovcr the rvorkplncc or rvorksitc in fivc (5) scrs in rvhitc or bluc print duly signcd and scalcd tr1'a prolcssiorrnl nlechilnical

b.

c

eng,incer anrl duly signcd by llrc orr;ncr. Manufaclurcrs data shcets

\l'orking drarvings

d. l'bundation design c, Opcration and maintcnnnce

ll

l-ocation

plnns

nranual

.-.. .

I 193.02:

Any nrnjor rair as dcfined in this Rulc on steilm turbiuc shall hc rortcd lo thc Rcgional Dircctor ol hiVhcr aulhorizcd rrcscntrtivc lrovirrg jurisdiction over the rvorkploce or rt'orksilc al lcast 7 days bcfore the rair anrl slrrll trcl opcrirtc lhc sunrc wilhout sccuring a pcmrit to opcrate. ln casc an crnorgcncy nrljor rair is to hc undcrtaken, the orvner shall inrmediatcly rort or nolily llre llcgirurnl Otlicc concerncrl ofthc rlir ond shall not operate thc sarnc rvithoul sccuring n pcnuit to opcratc.

I 193.03:

Any nrtjor rair, rcvision or nrodil'ication oltlrc stcunr turbiuc ns dcllrrcd in this Rulc shall lrc applicd rvith the Regional Oflicc hnving jurisdictiorr ovcr thu rvorkplace or rvorksitc fl$ n ncrv installatiorr.

tD

I t93.04:

any stcarn lurbinc front its originnl location to anothcr location rvithin the same facility or clscrvhcrc shall be rortcd to thc l(c.gional Ollice. having jurisdiction over the rvorkplncc or rvorksite urrd shnll rrol bc ol)crate(l

Transfer of

rvilhout thc ncrv pcrmit. I 193.05:

I I 93.06:

Clmngc of orvncrship ol'a steanr turbine slrall lrc rortcd to tlre llcgitrnirl Ol]icc hnving juristliction ovcr thc rvorkplace or rvorksitc bv thc ncrv orvncr nrtl lalcr tlran seven (7) dnys nftcr thc salc or transl'cr ot'orvncrship. 'Ilrc pcrnrit to opcrflte shall rcnrain valid unless rcvokcd by the Sccrctary or hiVhcr duly arrthorized represcnlfllivc,

'l'hc nrinintunr personnel rcr;uircnrcnt in the-optiation oIa

in

accclrdancc rvith Seclion 34 iVlcchnnical linginecring Act of

tre

t r93.07:

stcant turhinc shall

of Rrrblic Act No ll.l95 ("The

199$").

i

Philippine

'

Standnrds llcquirentenls: Thc application and plans lor stcarn turbinc installnliorrs l-or purposcs of all phnscs ol corrslnrction, testing ond inspcctiorr, shnll bc in accorrlnrrcc rvitlt thc Intcst rcvision of lhc follorving codcs rvhich are hcrcbv adoptcd as pirrt ol'thi.s llules.

l.

ASME 'l'est Codc for Stcanr Turbinc

2. 'l'ho l,hilippine lr,lechanical Codc (Pi\'lc) 3. Philippinc Electrical Codc (PllC) 4. National lluilding Code (NBC) 5. Nnlionnl Structural Codc of thc Philippirrcs (NSC:l') 6. Firc Code of the t hilippines 7. Occupationnl Saloty and llcalth Stantlards (OsltS) 8. Otlrcr applicable Slandrrds I I 93.08:

Stcnnr Tnrbine llcconls:

l.

Every sterm turbine shall includc a cerlilicatc indicating lhc tcclrnical specifications used by thc nranulhcturer including lhc tlc.sigrt stdntlartls atttl dimcnsions and the maker's nanllate aflixed on thc stcant trrrbinc.

q7

2

livcry

sttrant ttrrbinc otvncr shitll havc :r nrairr(crrancc rcgistrl./loghook rvlrich

shnll shorv the delails antl dates

of nll

rairs. ntoditicatiqrs.

-

prevcnti\:e tllllintefiattce undcrlaken. nunlbcr olhours of opcration lnd othcr'-i-rrilar rlltir

l.

Thc pcnnil to opcrnlc stcant turbirtr; irrcludirrg tlre clearcd instnllttion plalrs nnd applicatiorr shall be kt on tile irr the prcrrriscs and nrndc availatrlc thlirrg lhc corrrse of irrspection

t

193,09:

lnspeclion:

'l'hc Regional Director or hiMtr.r duly nutholizc
|

havirrg

jurisdiction ovcr lhc rvorkplocc or rvrlksite shall conduct tcclrnical satl.tv irrspcction ol'thc sleanr tirrbinc ncconrpanicd bv thc rrc.scntntivc oI thc Qrvner and/or tltc supcrvising plant ntechanicul'clrgincrrr in arrl' ol' the l'ollorving phases oI rvork

a. b. c.

:

During thc cortstruclion plrasc of lhe filrndation anrl irrsl:rllatkrrr steaul lufbitrc: Bclbre bcirrg placcd irrto opcration: and

oltlrt

Bclorc bcirtg placcd in(o opcrotion allcr rnainr rair. nrtxlification :rnd/or transl'cr.

2, Thc Notice ol' lnspcction tbr

slcunr turbinc shall bc irrcludr:tl

in tlrc

lrtrilcr

Noticc of lnspcction.

-1, Thc conducl o[inspt'ction ol'slcanr trrrbinc shall lrc Fcrforrrrcrl sirnrrltirncouslv rvith thc arrnunl inspcclion of'troih.'r

.l

'l'he orvncr/opcrator shall prare ihc lollorvin.(

a. Oporatron arrrl nraintcrrancc rcgistry/logbor.rk. tr. Application and irrstallation plans clcnred by rlrc llcgionnl Oflice; nrrrl c l)crnlit to opcrfltc slcanr lurbinc issrrcd by_thc l\cllional Of'licc 'fhc lblforving shall be

5.

5.1 5.2

' i.-t

ll93.l0:

iuspcctcd:

:

Slnrctural pirrts and lbundariorr Pnr(s in contlcl rvitlr stcany'watcr Control rlcviccs

,,\ppliclblc Non-Dcstnrctive'fcsting as rnay bc rr-'c[rircd bl,thu lutror ins[ccl()r basctl on his/hcr rsscssrnqnt nllcr visual inspcctiorr shall bc pr..rfilrnrcd orrll'bv n Departntcnl ol' l,abor snd llmploylntrnt accrcditcrl 'l'hitl Party Orgirnizatiorr orr non-dcstruulivc lcstinS.

I

l9.t:

Stcrrnr

I

l9,l.0l:

Slcnrn'l'urhirre tloonr/lluikling (Ncn lrrst:rllntiotr):

Turbirre Roonr:

'fltc

provisio_ns on this subject shall be in accordancc rvith thc l'ollorvirrg:

a

b. c.

d

c.

l'.

Nirtional Building Code (NBC) National .Stnrclural Corlc of thc l,hilippincs (NSCI) Philippinc Elortrical Codc (PEC) I'hilippirrc llecharticnl Codc (l'lr1C) [iire Codc of thc Pltilippinc.s Occrrpatiorral Safctl,and l'lealth Starulards (OSI IS)

qt

-

t194.02:

Stennr Turhirrc Fourrdrtiolr lletguirenrcnts:

Thc provisions on lhis sulrject shall bc in accordnnce rvith thc lollorving:

o. National Building Codc (NllC) b. Nntional Stnrctural Codc of thc Philippincs (NS(:P) c. Philippinc Mechanical Codc (PITIC) I19.1.03: MachincGunrding: All rrroving pails of the turbinc, transntission equipnrent and all dangr:r()us parl of the driven machinery shall be ell'cctivcly guardcd in accordancc rvith the provisions ol'Rulc 1200 of the Occuplrtionnl Snlcty and Health Standards (OSl-tS), Article 13, Chapter 3 of thc Philippinc lvtechanical Corlc arrrl Philippinc Elccrrical Code.

I

194.0{:

Pcxonnl Protcctivr Eqrripnrcnt flrrrl Devices: 'l"his strbjcct shall be in nccordance rvith thc provisions of

D I

llule

1080

of

tlre

OSHS, as anrended arrd Philippinc Mechanical Codc.

l9{.0-r:

Firc Proleclion Rnd

Controll

.

'l'ltis strbjcct shull be in nccordance with the provisions of tlre Fire Clodc of the Philippincs (PD ll85), Rule 1940 of thc OSHS, as arncndcrt nrul Philippine Mcchnnicnl Codc.

1194.06: r\rrli-PollutionControl: Tlris sulrject shall be irt-accordarrcc rvith tlrc rcquircrncnts olthc Diltrrrcrrl of Environntent and Nntural Rcsourccs (DENIU iurd otlrcr Bovcnrnlcnt agcrrcics conccrrcd

, I

19.1.07: Sntely Signagcs:

I

195:

1

l(cfcr to 'l'ablc

ll (Standard Colors of Signs ftir. Snlbty Jrrslnrctirrns Wrrnings in Building [trcnriscs) of thc OSHS, as amcrrdctl

Rcquircrncnts

in lhe

Prornlion

of

arrrl

Stconr Turbiuc Applicnlion for

hrslnllnliorr:

Thc provisions on this subjcct shall bc in accordnncc rvith Chapter F

I

-

CENEI(AL of the Philippinc \,lechanicul Code.

H E

E

E

t I

I

This Doflmcnt Ordcr shall tokc effcct within filiecn (15) dnys upon its publication in trvo (2) neryspilpers ofgertcral circulation.

E

E

I

r t t i i

Manila, Plrilippincs, on

@Uy

o[ Dcccrnbcr 2004.

!r^; 4.1r" ..|V lt,ts

PAl'RICIA A. S'tO.'l\'; Secrctan' i '

i I

;

qI

ELECTRICAL SAFETY Industry runs on electricity, It is efficient, clean, relatively, ine;ipensive, and sat'e o use when adequate precautions are taken. When precautions are not taken, however, electricity is a killer.

This write-up explains some of the most common hazards, what you can do protect yourself against them and some of the steps the standards require to provide workers with a safe and healthful workplace. Electrical wirings in industrial plants and homes are sal'ely cc.rcealed behind walls, columns, metal boxes, cabinets and cover plates. The electrical system is strictly regulated by codes and standards to protect against fire and shock. How does electrical work? To handle electricity safely, including working with electrical equipment, you need to understand how electricity acts, how it can be approached, the hazards it presents, and how those hazards can be corrtrolled. Basically there are two kinds of electricity:

. o

I L

Static (stationary) Dynanric (moving)

This write-up is about dynamic electricity because that is the kind commonly put to use. Dynamic electricity is the flow of electrons through conductor. An electron is a tiny particle of matter that orbits around the nucleus of an atom. Electrons of some atoms are easily moved out of their orbits. This ability of electrons to move or flow is the basis olelectrical current. When you activate a witch to turn on an electric machine or tool, you allow current to flow lrom the generating source throrigh conductors (usually wires) to the area of demand.

7

complete circuit is necessary for the controlled flow of electrons along a conductor. A complete circuit is made up of source electricity, a conductor, and a consuming device (load).

A

Volts: Current x Resistance (or V:[R)

L i I

L I

-

The title of this section, Volts : Current x Resistance, is an. equation known as Ohm's Law. The factors discussed below related to one another as described by this equation. This relationship makes it possible to change the qualities of an electrical current but keep an equivalent amount of power.

A force or pressure must be-present before water fill flow through a pipeline. Similarly, electrons flow through a conductor because eleclromolive force (EMF) is exerted. The unit of measure for EMF is a volt.

For electrons to move in a particular direction, a potential difference must exist between two points of the EMF source. For example, a battery has positive and negative poles. The continuous movement of electrons past a given points is knows as currenls.lt is measured in amperes. The movements of electrons along a conductor meets with some opposition is known

lo0

as resisldnce. Resistance to the flow of electricity i s measured in ohms. The amount of resistance provided by different materials varies widely. For example most metals offer little resistance to the age of electric current. However porcelain, wood, pottery, and some other substance have a very high resistance to the flow of electricity. In fact, these substances can be used as insulators against the age of electric current.

What are hazards of electricity? The primary hazards of electricity and its use are.

o o o

Both wires of an electric circuit. One wire of an energized circuit and ground Part of a machine, which is "hot" because it is ing an energized wire and the ground.

Don't take any chances with electricity. One mistake can cost you your life. The severity of the

L

shock a person receives depends on several factors:

o . o

Sow much electric flow through the body. frhut path the electric current takes through the body.

\.

How much time elapses while the body is part,of the electric circuit.

What Happen to the Body? The effects of an electrical hock on.the body can range fi'om a tin-qle in the part touching the circuit to immediate cardiac arrest. A severe shock can cause more damage to the body than is readily visible.

Relatively small burn marks may be uit tt ut are visible on ttre outside. How'ever, a severely

'-

shocked person can suffer internal bleeding and severe destruction of tissue, mqscles, and nerves. Finally, a person receiving an electric shock may suffer broken bones or other injuries that occur from falling after receiving shock.

I

I

fhe

I I f I i i

Water presents an interesting and potentially dangerous situation. In its pure state, water is a poor conductor of electricity. However, if even small amount of impurities are present in the water (salt and acid in perspiration, for example), it becomes a ready electrical conductor. Therefore, if water is present anywhere in the work environment or on your skin, be extra careful around any tource of electricity. Caretessness with the combination of water and electricity could cost you your life.

r

Case c,f Water

Burns

r

Burns can result when a person touches electrical wiring or equipment that is improperly used or maintained. Typically, such burn injuries occur on hands.

i

I I

I

lo,

Arc-Blast Arc-blast occurs when high amperage currents jump from one conductor to'another through air, generally during opening or closing circuits, or when static electricity is discharged. Fire may occur if the arcing takes place in an atmosphere that contains and explosive mixture. Explosions Explosions occur when electricity provides a source of ignition for an explosive mixture in the atmosphere. Ignition can be due to overheated conductor on equipment, or normal arcing (sparkling) at switch s. OSHA standards, the National Electrical Code, and related safety standard have precise requirements for electrical systems and equipment used in hazardous atmosphere.

f ire Electricity is one of the most causes of fire both in the home and workplace. Defective or misused electrical equipment is a major caused, with high resistance connections being one of the primary_lources of ignition High resistance connections occur where wires are improperly spliced or coirnected to other components such as receptacle outlets and switches. Heat develops in an electrical conductor from the flow of current, this heat rises tlib temperature of conductor. As a result, resistance of the conductor increases, further raising the tenrperature. Thus circuits conducting a higher rate of current and regenerating more resistance that it can handle may create enough heat to cause a fire. Causes of Electrical Accidents

As a power source, electricily can create conditions resultiilg in bodily harm, property damage, or both. It is irnportant for you to understand how to avoid electrical hazardg when you work with electrical operation. Accidents and injuries fbllowing factors:

in working with electricity are caused by one conrbination of

the

o o o

Unsafe equipment and/or installation Unsafe work places cause by environmental factors Unsafe work practices As an employee, you can definitely affect the last factor can be involved in reporting instances the first two factors so they can be remedied.

of

Preventing Electrical Accidents Protections from electrical hazards are one way to prevent accidents caused by electric current, Protective methods to control electrical hazards include: o Insulation o Electric protective device o Guarding o Grounding o PPE

lor

GROUNDING FOR SAFETY Grounding is necessary to protect you from electrical shock, safeguard against fire, and protect against damage to electrical equipment. There are two kinds of grounding. o Electrical circuit or system grounding, accomplished when one conductor of the circuit is intentionally connected to earth. o Electrical equipment grounding occurs when the equipment-grounding conductor provides a path for dangerous fault current to return to the iystem ground at the supply source of the circuit should be insulation.

Ground at the service - Grounding is a safety precaution built into every honte and industrial plant electrical system. At the service , the main grounding wire is connected to a metal water pipe and grounding rod that is buried in the earth, providing excess current with a direct path to the ground. Usually, a bare copper or green insulated grounding wire provides an alternate path for leaking current, protecting the circuit from damage, and the from shock. Grounding in outlet, switch and ceiling boxes The bare grounding wire in the cable provides protection against current leakage at an "Sp.. electrical box. It is attached to the grounding screw at the back of metal box or to-the grounding terminal on a switch or outlet, and grounds the box, the mounting strap, the device or fixture and all three-prong appliances that are plugged in to a grounded outlet. When there is more than one cable in the electrical box, grounding is accomplished using jumper wires in a pigtail connection. Heavy - duty, 240-volt outlets, which only accept matching plug, are found behind most major appliances. Both the outlet and its box must be grounded to protect against shock in the event of short circuit. A two-slot outlet will not it a grounded 3-prong plug and replace a 2-slot outlet with a GFCI outlet. Safety precautions are important when working on a 240-volt outlet. Make sd?e the floor is dry and wear rubber soled shoes. Be sure to turn off the power at the service and test to confirm it is offbefore beginning any repairs. When performing a live voltage iest, p.o""ed with caution.

POLARIZATION IN LAMPS AND FIXTURES Stopping current at the switch

- in a properly wired lamp or lighting fixture, the switch

interrupts the hot wire that carries current forward, ensuring that no electricity flows througtr the lamp or ftxture when the switch is off Polarization in a lamp begins at the wall outlet The narrow slot of the outlet is hot; when a polarized lamp cord is plugged into the outlet, power enters the plug through the narrow prong and is transmitted through the hot, unmarked wire to the brass socket terminal. In a lighting fixture, current flows from the hot wire at wall switch to the brass terminal of the fixture socket.

l03

GROUNDING.FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTERS (GFCI) The ground fault circuit intemrpter is an inexpensive device, which measirres the difference in current levels going to and returning from a piece of electrical equipment. How does this device protect against shock? [f there is a ground fault in the equipment so that the metal frame becomes energized, a certain amount of current will flow through the operator ground. The GFCI senses this leakage trips, and breaks the circuit within 1/40th of a second. lnstead of possible electrocution, the worst effect on the operator will be painful shock before the circuit is broken. Workers who operate electrical equipment should be protected by GFCI's against the disabling and often fatal effects of ground faults.

OSHA regulations require the use of GFCI's on all 1201140 volt, AC, single phase, 15-20 ampere receptacles on construction sites when:

o o

The receptacles are used by workers The receptacles are not part of the permanent wiring of the structure

While GFCI's provide workers with the protection from electric shock, employers may institute an Assured Equipment Grounding Conductor Program as an alternative to installing GFCI's. There are three basic types of ground fault circuit interrupters all of which have a test and rest button: o Portable adapter for existing wall outlets (convenience because it requires no installation and can be used on 2 as tvell as 3 outlets.) o Replacement for wall outlets o Circuit breaker type of GFCI

GFCI at Breakers, are highly sensitive breakers that measgres the cun'ent entering and leaving a device along the circuit. If the difference is greater than .005 amperes, the b?eaker instantly interrupts the flou, of current, shutting down the circuit tlefore you can be seriotsly hurt. A GFCI breakerreplaces aregularbreaker in a service . It comes in 15 to 30 ampere versions and is available for both 120 and 240-volt circuits. The GFCI should check regularly by pressing the TEST button. If the breaker is good, it will trip, to reset it, flip the toggle back to the ON position.

GFCI at Outlets, If it is installed at the first outlet box in the circuit, the GFCI outlet will protect all outlets along ttre circuit. The national Electric Code now requires that new outlets within 6 feet of the kitchen sink and the bathrooms, garages, basements and outdoors must be GFCIprotected. Also available is a portable, plug-in GFCI that frts into any three-slot outlet. To test a GFCI outlet, push the TEST button, the RESET button will pop out. Reactivate the GFCI by pressing the RESET button. -

I

I

i

LOCKOUT/TAGOUT J CONTROL OF HAZARDOUS ENERGY

L I I

I

i

Lockout/tagout procedures are for your safety. They are designed to prevent accidents and injuries caused by the unexpected release of energy. These procedures prevent workers from accidentally being exposed to injurious and even life threatening situations with energized machinery.

lol

Where Are the Regulations? The Occupational Safety and Health istration (OSHA) regulates lockout/tagout through the Control of HazardousEnergy standard, found at 29 CFR 1910.147. This standard mandates training, audits, and recordkeeping to ensure that workers will not be injured by unintentionally energized equipment.

What is LockOut/TagOut?

Lockout is the process of preventing the flow of energy from a power source to a piece of equipment, and keeping it from operating. Lockout is accomplished by installing lockout device at the power source so that equipment powered by that source cannot be operated. A lockout device is a lock, block, or chain that keeps a switch, valve, or lever in the offposition. Locks are provided by the employer and can be used only for toctoui purposes. They should never be used to lock toolboxes, storage sheds, or other devices.

Tagout is aEomplished by placing a tag on the power source. The acts as a warning not to restore energy - it is not a physical restraint. Tags must clearly state: Do not operate or the like, and must be applied by hand. Both locks and tags must be strong enough to prevent'unauthorized removal and to withstand various environmental conditions. What Must Be Locker or Tagged Out The control of hazardous energy standard.(lockout/tagout) covers servicing and maintenance of equipment where expected energization or start-up of equipment could harm eployees You need to control energy before working in situations inrolving repair and replacement work, renovation work, and modifiiations or to adjustment to powered'equipment, There may 6e other instances as well when lockout/tagout is required at your facility. -

In general, OSHA requires that all power sources that can be locked out must be locked out fbr servicing or maintenance. , guards or interlock devices cannot be used as substitute for locks during major servicing. The standard requires that employers develop written energy control progranrs that clearly and specifically explain all procedures fbr lockout/tagout. These plans must include: o Lockout/tagoutprocedures . Employee training o Periodic training.

Employers rnust identify and differentiate between authorized and affected emptoyees. Authorized employees physically lock or tag out equipment for servicing or maintenance. Not that these individuals are not necessarily the people who normally operate the equipment.

Affected employees are those workers whose hob requires thern to operate equipment subject to lockout/tagout, or those employees who work in areas where lockout/tagout is used. Your employer will inform you if you are an affected employee.

l03

Controlling Energy Sources

A wide variety of energy

sources require lockout/tagout hazardous energy. Some of these energy sources include:

o o o . o o o o o

to protect you from the release of

Electrical Mechanical Pneumatic (involving gases, especially air) Hydraulic (involving fluids, especially water) Chemical

Thermal Water under pressure (or steam)

Gravi0 Potential

LockouVtagout must be used to protect from the potentially dangerous effects energy. Some of the problems of hazardous energy include:

o o o

of

hazardous

Accidental start-ups El€ttrical shock Release of stores, residual, or potential energy

, these accidents often occur when someone takes a short cut when servicing machinery, or the1, occur when a worker doesn't understand the equipment or job to be done. Before the standard went into effect in 1989, OSHA estimated that failure to control hazardous energy sources caused:

o o It was

10 percent of serious industrial accidents 33,000 lo.st work days each year

because of this s-erious risk to worker safety that the standard was developed.

The Lockout/Tagout Procedu re Lockout/tagout procedure covers the following.

o o o o

The scope and purpose of lockout/tagout. \How to perform a shutdown, including isolating, blocking, and:ecuring machines or equipment. How to place, remove, and transfer locks and who is responsible for them How to test the rnachine to make sure it is locked out.

Preparing a Shutdown Before you even turn offa machine as part of lockout/tagout procedure, you should know: o The type and magnitude of the energy involved . Associated hazards of the energy involved . Control methods of the energy involved

rd,

Performing a Shutdown First, noti$ all affected employees that you're about to start a lockout procedure. Then locate all energy sources that power the piece of equipment you'll be servicing. Always look fbr hidden energy sources. Some machines may have more than one source of power, so you must make sure you know the machine and all power sources involved. Follow the procedures set up to shut down each respective machine. Isolarting Equipment and Applying Lockout Devices

Your machines or equipment to be locked out should already be capablti of being locked out. Every power source has its own procedure for lockout. Lockout may be accomplished by pulling a plug, opening a disconnect switch, removing a fuse, closing a valve, bleeding the line, or placing a block in the equipment. Generally, follow this sequence of events:

e o o

After you have completed the shutdown, turn offthe energy at the main power source Using your designated lock, lock out all energy sources involved Attempt to restart the machine to guarantee that the power is shut ofl then turn the pyi,itch to the offposition

If

several people are needed to work on a piece of equipment, each one must apply their own lock. This prevents any accidental start-ups while another employee may still be working on the machinery. In this case, you'll a multiple lockout device that can accommodate several locks at once.

When all energy sources are locked, inform others of the lockout situation. One way to this is by applying a tag to the power source.

Note: Never uses another epployee's locked and never lend yours. This proteets you and your fellow workers. Safe Release of Stored Energy

Equipment must be at "zero energy state" before servicing or hydraulic pressure, maintenance work can begin. To get to this zero energy state:

Drain all valves, bleed off air fiom a system, eliminate stored hydraulic pressure, or use other method to release energy that is detailed in your company procedure. Test the machine to make sure that all energy was discrxnected or released

That Machine Is Locked Out Before you start to repair or service the machine, make sure that it has been properly deenergized. With your lock in place, test the disconnection to make sure it can't be turned on. Make absolutely sure that power can't be supplied unless you know about it.

toI

Restoring Power After servicing is finished, check that all tools are removed from the area and replace all machine guards. Make sure all employees are clear of the machine. Only then can you remove your tag and lock and reconnect all sources of energy. After this, you may notify the affected employees that the lockout has been removed and restart the equipment. Following Trainings and Audio Requirements OSHA requires that:

o All authorized employee must be trained in recognition of applicable o o

hazardous

energy sources, the type and magnitude of hazardous energy sources in use at the tacility, and how to perform the lockout/tagout procedure. All affected employees must be trained in the purpose and the use of lockout/tagout. All other employees must be instructed on the purpose on the plan, but not in the

actual use. Periodic inspections or audits be performed by an authorized employee who does not .-..use the energy control procedure being inspected. o Retraining must be done when there are changes in equipment, job assignment, or procedures, when an audit shows deficiencies with procedure, and when the employer feels the procedures should be reviewed.

.

Audits must be done at least annually, and should include questions to determine if employees understand the purpose of lockout/tagout, if proper locks and tags are being used, and if established procedures are being followed. Each audit must be documented. Other Concerns Other contractors must be informed of your lockout/tagout procedure in fult detail so that their employees understand the meaning of locks or tags that they may come across during the course of their work, [n addition, if contractors will be using locks or togs, they should inform your employer so that everyone affected may be noticed.

Shift and Personnel In general, if a piece of equipment is locked out at shift change, the person on the next shift must apply his lock before the employee who is leaving can remove his. Power Sources that Cannot Be Locked Out

In every rare case, u ru*", .ource cannot be physically locked. Discuss this situation with your supervisor to find out it tagout alone may be used. There are few situations where tagout alone is allowed.

lol

F

Working at lVorking Safely Your attention and respect for your facility's lockout/tagout program will'make the workplace safer for both you and co-workers. Always follow lockout/tagout procedure duting servicirtg maintenance of equipment, where unexpected energization or start-up of the equiprnent could harm you or you or a fellow employee.

l.

Always lock and tag power sources and switches *hei""you service or repair energized equipment.

2. Never ignore and remove the locks and tags of other employees across them in the workplace.

3. Know your role as an authorized

I t

I I

,I l

or affected employee.

when you come

Safety Lockout Devices

t4 l\

,r"

Twin Opening Lockout

llo

Padlock Style Lockout

Seven Lock Lockout

Temperproof Lockout

ill

FIRE SAFETY The best defense against fire is to prevent a fire form starting in the first place. Although manv products stored in a warehouse or work area not flammable, some packaging type comrnonly used today, such as cardboard, excelsior, foam compositions, and paper packaging are definite ftehazards. In addition, some of the chemicals you work with may be able to start or feed a fire.

You need to know what to do to keep fires from starting, as well as how to deal with the emergency of an accidental fire. Because of the deadly danger of fire, it's to your benefit to know how to size up a fire and how to respond in a fire emergency

What Are The Regulations? Occupational Safety and Health istration (OSHA) regulates aspects of fire prevention and response. Emergency planning, fire prevention plans and evacuation are addressed in 29 CFR 1910.38 in addition, the provisions for fire extinguishers and other protection are addressed at 29

cFR 1910.157. Elements oftr'ire Safety A.

Fire Prevention . Fire safety errgineering, design of building, operations, processes . Good housekeeping o Electrical safety o Proper storage of materials (combustible & flammable) . Safety practices

B.

Fire Protection o Detention o Alarm o Fire locat-or o Extinguishment o Evacuation

o o .

Rescue

First-Aid Salvage

Definitions:

Fire Prevention

-

tr'ire Protection

- refers to the detection, extinguishments

is an engineering principle applied to prevent the starting of fires. ancl control

of l'ire spread after the fire

gaS started.

Fire

-

a rapid

Flash Point

-

oxidation accompanied by heat and light the lowest temperature at which a substance will give offflammable vapors.

Ignition Temperature

-

temperature at which a substance

will ignite and.continue to burn.

lrt

Combustible Flammable

-

substance that can burn.

- Substance that can easily burn.

Fire Chemistry

In order to have a fire, three conditions must be presented simultaneously. First, there must be fuel in the form of combustible vapor. Second, there must be oxygen present in the proper concentration to combustion. Third, there must be sufficient heat to ignite this vapor, and the amount of heat necessary varies according to the substance from which the vapor is given off. This can be more graphically explained if we state that each of these conditions represent one side of triangle and all three portions must be present to make the triangle complete. Four Basic Methods of Fire Extinguishment

1.

Removal or dilution of air or oxygen to point where combustion ceases.

2. Removals of fuel to a point where there is nothing remaining oxidize. 3. Coolinggf the fuel to a point where combustible vapours are no longer involved or where activation energy is lowered to the extent that no activated atoms or free radicals are

4.

produced. Interruptions of the flame chemistry of the chain reaction of combustion by injection compounds capable of quenching fi'ee radical production during their residence time.

Classes of

of

Fire

The Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc. has estiblished the following classification of fires: Class A Fires - fires in ordinar.y combustible materials, such is wood, paper excelsior, rags and general thrash or rubbish where the quenching and cooling effects of quantities of water or of solutions containing a large percentage of water are of first importance.

Class B Fires - fire in flammable liquids, such as gasoline, oil, alcohol, greases or organic solvents, where a blanketing effect is essential.

C Fires - fires in electrical

equipment or of electrical odgin, where the use conducting extinguishing agent is of first importance

Class

of

non

Class D Fires - fires of combustible metals. These are limited to few industries and require specialized control techniques.

Fire Extinguish ing Agents Water One of the most common methods of extinguishing fires is by application of water to the burning material. The application of water reduces the temperature of th(b[rning material below that is necessary for it to give offcombustible vapor, thus, removing the heat leg of the triangle

by the cooling action of the extinguishing agent. For tires of wood, rubber, textiles, etc. application of water on oil fires. If considerable oil is released, large amounts of water applied would spread the burning oil to nearby equipment. Further, water streams should not be directed

ll3

steadily on extremely hot lines and equipment as the cold water streams on hot metals caused buckling and sometimes failures. Solvents and gas fires can be extinguished with water by the use fog nozzles. This equipment is designed to apply water in the form of fog or mist. When water is directed on the fire on this manner, it is converted into steam which smothers the f'rre by diluting the vapor-air mixture above the liquid surface to the point that here is insuffrcient oxygen to combustion. The use of water is effective as cooling agent adjacent equipment and for the protection of fire crews when working near fires.

Applying waterto an electrical fire presents the hazards of electrocution; therefore, water should not be directed on electrical equipment in any form until switches have been opened or fuses pulled. Steam

Steam is effectively used in the extinguishments of solvents and gas fires. It has a smothering and cooling effect on the fire. In reference to the fire triangle, the addition of steam dilutes the vapor-air mixture below the inflammable concentrations and removes the air (oxygen) side of the triangle. When steam is applied under high pressure, it has a tendency to remove tlte heat (ignition) leg of the triangle by the cooling action of the steam on the burning material. Permanent connections and steam smothering hose installations provide steam for extinguishments for fires originating in trenches, sewers, small enclosure. pump packing and vessels. Gassy areas are purged and gas concentrations are diluted by the application of steam in such area. As steam is possible conductor of electricity, it should not be used on electrical equipment unless the power has been shut off.

Carbon Dioxide

The use of carbon dioxide (CO2) as a fire extinguishing agent i, in the "tTe"tire extinguishments of electrical fires, solvent fires and most gas fires but is not efl6ctive on fires of wood, textile, paper ctc. where tlowing embers are present. A carbon dioxide extinguisher consists of one or more cylinders of liquid carbon dioxide which vaporizes when released to the atmosphere and is blown through a horn over the fire area. The insert gas, being one and a half times heavier than air, dilutes the air (oxygen) side of the fire triangle and extinguishes the fire by smothering. Difficulty is sornetimes experienced in using this method of extinguishments in an open atmosphere under high wind velocities because of the difficulty experienced in confining the gas to the frre. Dry Chemical

Extinguishers

,...

In this type of extinguisher, a fog of finely powdered sodium bicarbonate (with a small amount of aluminum sulfate as a drying or siliconized to repel moisture) is blown over the burning gas by the pressure of cylinder of carbon dioxide gas. A small hermetically scaled cylinder of carbon dioxide is used in a hand extinguisher. This method of extinguishments smothering and cooling removes the air (oxygen) and heat (ignition) legs of the fire triangle and extinguishes by smothering and cooling. The inert gases released by the extinguisher and the carbon dioxide liberated from sodium bicalbonate being heavier than air, blanket the area to smother the fire. Both agents are effective in cooling inflammable materials below their combustion point. Extinguishments of fires by use of dry, finely powdered, non-combustible dust I

trl

blown has been used in various forms. Sand thrown over a small ground fire solvent or other similar material has been effectively used for many years. The dust blown over the fire with the dry chemical extinguisher being principally sodium bicarbonate is converted to carbon dioxide and,in addition to the cooling effect of the powder, extinguishes by smot|':ring. This powder being a non-conductor of electricity may be safely and effective used on electrical fire. Foam

The most generally used fire extinguisher agent in the solvent storage is foam. Foam is the most effective of all extirrguishing agent for fighting solvent fire in the tank, in a fire wall, trench etc. where the liquid surface can be completely blanketed with a layer of fbam. Foanr extinguishes the fire by cutting offthe solvent surface from the fire space and radiant heat above, thereby the fire by removing the air (oxygen) leg of the triangle. Foam has also the tendency to cool the solvents surface. But its greatest effectiveness is starving. Being a conductor of electricity (foam is mad up of about 9/o5 water) foam should not be used on electrical fires the electric power has been shut off

FIRE: What you should do? When entering buildings, always be prepared for fire. Always know your escape route by choosing your nearest exit and alternate path ofescape. ) If you discover fire. give the alarm immediately. 3. lf you hearthe fire alarm in the building be prepared to leave inrmediately according to any established evacuation plan. 4. If you have no'designated responsibilities, leave the bui!^ding quickly and quietly by indicated route. It is dangerous to'remain in a burning building. Fire often spread rapidly and cut off escape and are likely to generate poisonous gasses. 5. If possible, close all windows and doors as you make your escape. 6. If forces to remdin on a smoke-filled building, that air is usually better near the floor. 7. A temporary refuge may be secured behind any door. Even a thin wooden door will temporarily stop smoke and hot gasses and may not burn through for several minutes. The floors, walls and doors of rooms in most buildings will keep out all br,rt the fiercest fires for half an hour or more. By closing the door of a room, trapped persons can await rescue in greater safety than making their way though smoke filled corridors. 8. lf a fire is suspected orr the other side of the door, open it slowly with a foot against it. 9. If you must take a dash through smoke or flame, hold your breath. 10. Take no chances of enlering a burning building to save property. Only the saving of lives justifies taking personal risk. Leave the job of fire fighting to the fire fighters. I l. Do not jump from upper story windows except as a last resort. Many people jumped to their death even while firemen were bringing ladders to rescue them. 12. If fire breaks out and there is panic rush for the rnain exit, keep out of the crowd and attempt to find some other means of escape. 13. If escape is cut off, do not panic. Close the door and go to a window and wait for the arrival of the fire department. 14. Never use an elevator as a means of escape 1.

ilE

15.

If burned in a fire, report for medical treatment at once. Many burns or smoke inhalations that do not at first seem serious have fatal results.

Housekeeping to Prevent Fires The importance of good housekeeping ties in closely with fire prevention. [f you allow debris or flammable material to accumulate, the risk of starting a fire increases. There is always the possibility that fire may break out by accident. Fire prevention is part of everyone's job. Evenyone must help to keep the work area clutter-free safe from other fire hazards, such as improperly used or stored chemicals.

You also need to know that to do in the case of a fire emergency. Your employer has a fire prevention plan spelling out everyone's roles; you should know the actions you are expected to take in the even of a fire. When a fire starts, think first of your salety and safety lor others Alert the fire deparlrnent. Try to put out the fire only if you have been trained to use extinguishers, and the fire is small and tame enough to be extinguished by a hand-held extinguisher.

When a firffis out of control, the combustible material unknown, or you have not been trained in the proper use of extinguishers, leave the fire fighting to professionals with the proper equipment, In case, sound the fire alarm, then call for emergency help from a safe place.

Fire checklist

Try not to panic. Although fire is a panic situation, when one panics, dangerous mistakes can be made. The calm person assesses the extent of the blaze, calls the fire department, and acts quickly to contain or extinguish the blaze, is the one acting responsibly.

If the fire

can be contained'or extinguished, a properly trained person should use the right extinguishers on the blaze. When using a typical extinguisher, allow the "" method. Hold the extinguisher upright hand.

. . r r

\r

Pull the pain; stand back eight to ten feet Aim at the base of the fire Squeeze the handle Sweep at the base of the fire with the extinguishing agent

If you aim at the high flames, you won't put out the fire. , too, that most extinguishers have a very limited operation time, clnly 8-10 seconds, so you have to act fast and spray correctly at the base of fire,-not at smoke or flames. Time is the essence of fire fighting. The smaller the fire, ifre easier it is to extinguish. Know the location of fire alarms and extinguishers. Know your nearest f'rre exit an proceeds to it in an orderly fashion.

Be especially aware of smoke and noxious fumes. These funres enter the lungs and leave person unconscious. All frres consume oxygen to burn. Most victims of a trre suffocate from lack of oxygen and die. They are already unconscious or dead before the flames reach them.

ilG

Inside a building that is in flames, you should shut all doors within your reach. Get to your hands and knees and crawl to an exit. This is important because smoke and heat rise rapidly, and you will inhale less smoke near the floor. Outside, get away frclm the direction of the flames and smoke to avoid inhaling smoke and fumes. Uses Shield

In any t-rre situation inside a building, anything you can use - any type of shield, blankets, or tarps - will help you get out of the building with less risk of injury. A wet cloth or handkerchief over your nose will help cut down smoke intake. \-

Fire Prevention On the job, it is part of your responsibility to help prevent fires. Extreme care is especially important when working with chemicals such as a flammable solvent, gasoline, gases, and fuels. The Chemical Fare

Many of the,thousands of chemicals in use in the workplace are both highly toxic and highly volatile. Extreme caution must be used to prevent and fight fires resulting from chemical spills and accident. Know the hazards of the chemicals substances you use on the job and how to handle and store them properly to prevent dangerous chemicals fires. Chemical [Iazards Chemicals can cause serious injuries though physical (fire or explosion) or health (burns or poison) hazards. Many chemicals have inherent properties that make them very hazardous. They might include:

- it"r"

chemicals catch fire very easily, hazardsinclude property

'

Flammability

'

Reactivity - A reactive material is one that can undergo a chemical reaction under certain conditions; reactive substances can burn, explode, or release toxic vapor if

.

damage, burns, and injuries.

exposed to other chemicals, air, or water.

- An explosive is a substance which undergoes very rapid chemical change producing large amounts of gas and heat; explosion can also occur as a result of reactions between chemicals not ordinarily considered explosive. Explosivity

As a result of these properties, chemicals can produce fires that start and spread quickly may be diffrcult to fight or contain.

Fighting Chemicals Fires Unless you are a member of a fire fighting team, you major chemical fire.

will probably not be involved in battling

a

When fire extinguishers are used properly, they can and often do keep a small incident from becoming a major fire. However, you should be properly trained in their use and know their limitations. that fire extinguishers are "first aid" appliances designed to answer

lr?

immediate need. Early detection of fire is essential if it is to be controlled with only an extinguisher. Call professional help immediately if the fire has spread out of control.

Flammable liquid handling Storage Flammable liquids give offignitable vapors are heavier than air and will accumulate in low areas with poor ventilation. When they accumulate sufficiently, they spread and can travel to an ignition source. These flames (of ignition sources) might be cigarettes, a hand tool that sparks, a cutting torch, or a motor.

The best way to stop fires in the workplace is to eliminate the conditions and practices that enable a fire to L.egin in the first place. This is why the handling and storage of flammable liquids is so crucial. Safety procedures and equipment for the as safe handling of these liquids can be grouped into four segments. The basic safety principles apply to all of them. You may be involved in one or all aspects discussed in this section. Storage The typical plant stores liquids in two ways; reserve storage in drums and operational storage in small quatfrties (for use at work station). For reserve storage safety, as soon as a drum is unloaded, the bung cap should be removed and a drum vent screwed in, this prevents pressure build-up if the drum is exposed to heat. Proper vents also incorporate emergeniy relief, which blow out under extreme pressure.

Transfer Transfer of flammable liquids refers to their removal from storage to the places where they will flow from drums stored horizontally, and bumping form drums vertically.

be used. Liquids can be dispensed from drums by two methods: gravity

For gravity flow safety, liquids should be dispensed into a safety can using tr self-closing drum value. OSHA requires the use of approved safety cans for transfer purposes.

A drip should be placed under the valve to catch spills'and leaks. The drip can and receiving

I

container must be bonded to the drum to draw offany static electrical charge. The pump method faster empties the drum almost completely and saves space because drums are stored vertically. Drip cans are not required. Bond the receiving containers if the pump hoses are not self-bonding.

Mobile solvcnt tanks (liqui{ caddies) are used to distribute flammable liquids to work stations using large production line equipment. They are equipped with rubber wheels, a measuring pump, and a self-bonding hose. L Use i

I I

Use safety cans to hold and dispense flammable liquids as you work. There are many work station cans and tanks from which to choose. Liquids should be stored in safety cabinets at the work station. Keep containers closed when not in use.

lt8

Disposal Disposal of waste flammable liquids requires as much caution in handling as do any of the other stages. Oily, solvent-soaked rags can easily start a fire. To prevent this, specially designed waste cans should always be used for temporary storage. These cans have spring loaded lids and raised bottom with vent holes to dispense heat. For removing flammable liquids from the work station for disposal, drain cans and liquid disposal cans offer the greatest degree of safety.

Spill Cleanup

It

is the vapors, rather than the liquid itsel{, that burn. When the liquid is spilled, vapor release begins immediately, and continues until the liquid is removed. This requires that cleanup operations begin at once.

Specially developed absorbent materials have been developed fro spill cleanup. These products are offered in pillows, pads, sheets, tubes, and other shapes to fill up allcle.anup needs. Once the absorbent material is saturated, it should be place in a large disposal drum and sealecl with a drum cover. Another spill cleanup involves the use of specialized vacuum equipment.

Compressed and Liquefied Gases

The flash points of compressed flammable gases are extremelv low and always below room temperature. Explosive mixtures are readily formed with air. Ignition of even a small leak may cause the materials to ignite.

L L

To avoid fires resulting ignition of compressed gases: . Never roll or drag cylinders when gases are stored, transported, or used. Use a hand cart truck specially designed for gas cylinders.r Store all cylinders upright and secure them to walls o. bench tops during storage use. I Compressed gases should be stored in dry, cool and well-ventilaled areas, protected from the weather, and away from flammable materials. The area should be posted no smoking. . I'.eep compressed gas cylinders which contain oxygen away from oil, grease, or liquid flammables. ' Separate fuel and oxidizing gas cylinders by at least 20 feet or a fire wall ' When adequate ventilation can't be achieved, make sure safety equipment is at hand, including gas detecLors, gas masks, selllcontained breathing apparatus, and protective clothing. r Be very careful about fittings or connections. Before any connections are made, inspect the cylinder carefully. Don't change, nrodify, repair, or tamper with pressure relief devices on cylinders. " When more information, advice or help is needed, call the gas supplier, when in doubt about handling, contents or cylinder condition, seek and expert's advice.

I

Work at Working Safety L I

L

Any fire in the workplace has the potential to cause serious personal or property damage. When chemicals are involved, the possibilities for destruction are greatly multiplied. Prevention is the

ilq

'

key to eliminating the hazards of any kind of fire where you work. Preparation is the key to controlling the consequences of a free:

1.

.

2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

Keep work ideas cleaner and clutter-free Know how to handle and store chemicals Know what you are expected to do in case of a fire emergency Call professional help immediately; don't let a fire get out of control (this applies to a fire wherever you are). Know what chemicals you work with you might have to advise fore fighters on the scene of a chemical fire concerning the type of hazardous substances involved, Make sure you are familiar with your facility's emergency action plan for fires.

-

l2(

i..I

Republic of the Philippines Congress of the Philippines

lilefo ltlanila Fourteenth Cgngress Second Regulr Session

t

Begun and held in lilebo lUanila, on lrbnday, the twen$+ight day of Juty, two trousand eight.

Republic Act No. 9514

i

L

ANACTESTABLISHING:ffi::Jfi:[#:'fl ,ii,"I,''''"'*'S,REPEALING

I

MESIDENTIAL DECREE NO. 1185AND FOROTHER PURPOSES

&

ft enacted by the

*nate

and House of Represertatircs of

he

Philippines rn Congress assembled:

I

he

'@@[

ol the Philippines of ZNt

Seciion

'1.

Sec-tion

2 lt is tre poliry of tre State b ensure public safuty and ponnte economic dalelopment he prevenlion and suppressbn of all kinds of desfuctive fires and promob fire

hrottgh

This Act shall be knovn as

probssionalization of

$e fire

service

Fire Code

m a profession.

Towards

.

tris end, tre State shall enforce

all

larvs, rules and reguhtnns b ensure adherence to shndard fire prevention and safety measures, and promote accounbbilig for fire safety in he fire proteclion seryice and prarentirn service.

Section

3.

Delinition of

mean and be consfued

Abatennnl

isffior

a

T*ms.-

As used in this Fire Code, he follorving words and phr:ases shall indicabd: Any act thatwould rernove or neubalize a fire hazard. Any person who acb as agent of tre orner and rmnages he use

&asthgAgent

-

of a building for him.

Any material or mixUre consisting of a fud and oxidizer used to set.off explosives.

Cellu/ose Nitate or Nibo

Cellulose -

A highty combustible and explosive compound produced by reaction of nitric acid witra cd'lulooe material.

the

Cel/ulose Nitrite Plasb

(Pyroxylin) -

Any plaslic subsbnce, nuterials or compound halng cirllulose nibate (niho cellulose) as base.

Cos?bust'blq F I anmabl e

lnflanmable -

or Conbustble

Fiber -

Descriplive of nBterials hat are easily set on fire.

Any readity ignihble and free burning fiber such as

cotton,

oakum, rags, waste cloh, waste papa, kapok, hay, strar,

Lfiuid Liqtid Curtain fuard Combuslible

Any liquid haring a flash point at or above 37.8_C (100_F).

Comsive

Any liquid wtriidr causes fire when in conhct with organic matter orwih cerhin chemfuals. A verlical of non+ombustible or fire resistive materials athched to and extending belol fre botom chord of the roof tusses, drui& he underside of he rml inb separab conpaftmnb so hat heat and snpke will be direcbd uprar& to a roofvent.

b

I

t L I

I

Spanish nrcss, excelsior and oher similar materials comnbnly used in corrnerce.

Cryqenic

-

Descriplive of any nnbrial which by ib nature or as a result of ib rection wih other elemenb prodrces a rapid drop in temperature of tre immediab \,

surroundings.

Irl

Danpr

A normally open dwice insblled inside an air duct system which autonnlically cloees to reetict he age of smoke or fire. The process of first raising he bmperatum in separab he more

Disfllalion

he less vdalile parb and hen cooling and he rcsulting vapor so as b produce a neady purified

volalile fiom condensing

subsbnce. A conlinuous agomy

DrclSyslem Dusl

El*tbal Arc

Ember Frhrbhes

of air.

proteclive purposes. The active principle of burning, characterized by tre heat and light of combuslion. A building unsafu in case of fire because it will r,',rrn easily because it lacks adequate exib or fre escapes. Any vbual or audible signal produced by a dadce or sysbm to

Fire

o

Fire Trap Fire Alarm

rrarm he occupanb ol he buildirg or fire fghting demenB of tre prBsenoe or danger olfre to enable hem to underbke inrnediate aclion to save life and property and to suppress he fire. A fire rcsistive door prescribed for openings in fire separation walls or parlitions. Any mndition or act wtrich increasas or nlay cause an increase in

Fire Door Firc

br he bansmissior

A fnety powdered subsbnce whictr, when mixed with air in the poper proportion and ignibd will cause an explcion. An exbemely hot luminous bridge formed by age of an electic cunent acrcs a spaoe between two conducbrs o bm$nals due to he incandescence of he conductng.vapor. A hot piece or lump hat rernains after a maErial has parlially bumed, and is sdl oxidizing witrout tre nnnifestalion of flarnes. lvlabrials used m final coaling of a surface for ornamental or

Hazud

he pobability of he octunence of fire, or which nny obsfuct, delay, hinder or interfere with fire fighling operations and the sabguarding of lib and property. The portion of a rmdway or publ'rcway trat should be kept opened and unobetucted at all 6mes for he expedient operation of firc

FireLarc

afi Fire Safety Device

fghling unib.

Firehotqtive

-

fuy

dat'rce intended

lu he protectibn of buildings or persons lo

include but not limitsd

b bqillln proieclion system such as

sprinklers and other artonntic o
Fl*h

Point

Forcing

b

Refens design and inshllation of walls, baniers, doors, windows, venb, rneans of egress, eb. integral to and incorporatsd inb a building or stucture in order b minimize danger to lib fiom fire, srnoke, furnes or panic before the building is evacuated. These featlies are also designed to achieve, arrcng ohers, safe and 'rapid wacuaflon of people through means of egrcs sealed from smoke or fire, he confinement of fire or smoke in he room or floor of origin and delay their spread to other parb of he building by rneans of smoke sealed and lire resisbnt doors, walls and floors. lt shall abo mean b include the teatnent of buildings ponponanb or contsnB wih flame rebrdant chernirls. The minimum tempenafure at wh'ch any nriatenal gives off vapor in suffcient concenfalion b form an ignihble mixture witr air. A process where a piece of metal is heated prior to changing ib shape or dimens'rons.

t22

A

Fulminate

kind of shble explmive compannd which'i;plodes

by

percusslon.

Hazudots Operdionl Any act of manufactrring, fabricalion, conversion, eb., that uses or produces materials wtrictr are likety to cause fires or

Process

explcions. Hoizontd Exit

agovay from one building to anoher or hrolgh or around a wall in appnoximately the same floor level. A box or cabiret where fre hces, valvs; and otrer equipment are sbred and arranged lor fire fighling. A cylindilcal da/ce tuming on an axis around which a fire hme is wound and connected. A rocket or liquid propellant which consist of combinatioris of fuels and oxidizers which ignite spontaneously on with each

Hose Box Hose Reel Hyperyolb Fud

oher. lndustrid Bal

afi

Drying

The industial process of sublecting materiab b heat for tre purpce of removing sofuents or rnoisfurt. frorn the same, andor b fuse certsin chemical salb to lorm a unifunn glazing tre

Jumper

A piece of metal or an electical conductor used to by a

Occryancy

sabty device in an elecfical system. The purpose br which a building or portion trereof is used or

Octryant

Any pason actually ocorpying and using a building or portions

surface of materials being treated.

intended to be used.

hereof by virfue of

a

lease mntact

wih the owner or

istato,r or by permission or sufrerance ol [re latter. Organb Peroxide

OveiloNng

compound which releases oxygen

readily. lt causes lire when in conhct witr combuslible materials especially under conditirns ol high tempaature. The use of one or more elecbical appliances or devbes which draw or consurne elecfical cunent beyond tre designed capacity of he existing electrftnl system. The person who holds he legal righl ol pesession title to a building or real property. A nnbrial trat readily yields orygdn in quantities sufficient to stirnulate or combusfior

o

Owner Oxidizing

A sfong oxidizing organb

ttatuial

Presswized Or Firced Draft Buming Equipment Type or bumer where ltre fuel is subjected to pressure

discharge inb

priu

to

he corbustion

dramber andor whidt includes hns or oher plwbions for he intoduclion of air at abore nonnal atrmphere pressun into the same cornbustion chamber.

htblic Assemily Bullding

Any building or stucture where frfty (50) or more people

tublbIlry

Any steet, alley or ofter stip of land unobstructed from the gmund to lhe sky, deeded, dedicated or olherwbe permanenty

congregate, gaher, or assemble for any purpose.

flrophoric

appropdated br public use. Descdplive of any substsnce

Refining

expced b air. A process where impurilies and/or deleterious materials are

trat ignites sporrbneously when

remored from a mixfure in order

b produce a pure ebment

of

cornpound. lt shall also refer to parlial dislillation and electrolysis.

b

Self4losing Doors

Autornalh clooing doos that are desiged hmtand delay he spead of fire.

Smc,fting

Melling or fusing of nrbllic oras or cornpq,nds so as lo separab impudties lrcn pure metsls.

confine smoke and

t I

I

t

r2t

SpnhklerSystem

-

Standpipe Sygfem

-

Vesfbule

-

Veilbd Shefi

-

An integrated netrcrk of hydraulically designed piping inshlled in a building, stucfure or area witr otrfleb ananged in a systematic patbm which autonratically dbcharges uater when aclivated by heat or combustion products frorn a fire. A system of vertical pipes in a building to which fire hces can be atached on each floor, including a system by whir:h water is nnde available to he outets as needed. A age hall or antechamber between he outer doors and the interior parb of a house or building. An encleed verlical space of agp hat extends fom floor to floor, as well as fom he base to tre top of he building.

Sr-tion 1. Applicabiltty ol The Code. - The prwisions ol he Fire Code shall apply b all persons and all private and public buildings, hcilites or strucfures erected or constucted bebre and after its effectivity.

Section 5. Responsibility lor the Enforcement ol thk Code. - This Code shall be istered and enforced by tre Bureau of Fire Protection (BFP), under the direct superubion and contrd of the Chief of he Bureau of Fire Probction, hrough he hierarchy of organization as provided for in Chapter Vl of Republ'rc Act No. 6975. wih he apprwal of he Secretary of tre DeparEnent of he lnterior and Local Govemment (DILG), he BFP, b hereby authorized to: a. lssue implementing rules and regulatiorn, and prescribe standarG, schedules of besfire senrice charget and istative penallies herefore as prwided in the pertinent prolsions of tris Code; b. Reorganize he BFP as nny be necessary and appropiate;

c.

and assist fire volunteers, practitioners and fire volunteer organizatbns in he cguntry

who shall undergo mandatory fire suppression, inspection, resrue, emergency rnedical sewices and related ernergency response trainings and conpetency'-)ralualions to be conducted by the BFP. ln the case of tre Fire practitiones, fiey shall undergo mandatory

' d.

continuous prolessional educalion and conpetency evaluation of treir erpertse, knowledge and skills in the area ol fire science, engineering and technology to be conducted by he BFP; The BFP may enbr into extemal party agreemenb for the conduct of baining, education and evalualion of fre volunteers, practitioners and fire vdunteer organizalions, which shall be under hefull contol and supervision of tre BFP: fuovided, hoytever, That during firefighting operatims, fire volunteer organizalions shall be under he direct operafional conhol of the lire ground comnnnders of he BFP; Enter into long term agreenent, eiher trrough public biddings or rregoliations in acmrdance

with

h

he

pradsions

of

Republic

Aci No. 9'lM, otrembe knoln as he

Qyernment

Procurernent Reform Act d 2m3, br tre acquisition of fre prevenlion, fire probction and fre fighting investigtion, resore, paramedbs, hazardous mabrial handling equipment, supplies, fiaterials and lelabd technicd seryices neoessary for tre fire seruices; Enbr into lvlernoranda of Agreanent witlr oher departnents, bureaus, agancies, ofpes and corporations of he govemment, m well as private insthrtions, in order b defne areas of cooperation and coordination and delineate responsibility on fre prevenlion education, fire safety,'lire pmvenlion, fire suppressirn and oher rntbrc of comr.pn ooncern; Call on the plice, other law enfolcernent agencies, and local.goremment assistance b render nec6s.ry assishnce in he enforcement of his Code; Designab a fre safety inspector hrough his/trer duly autrorized represenhtive, who shall cmduct an inspeclion of arery build[ng or stucture witrin his area of responsibility at least once a year and wery time he owner, ishator or occupant shall renetv his/her business permit or permit to operate; No occupangy pennit, business or permit b operab shall be issued without securing a Fire Safety lnspeclion Cerlifration (FSC) fiom the Ch'ref, BFP, or his/her duty authorized represenbtive; lnspect at reasonable tirne, any building, stucture, installation or premises for dangerous or hazardous cottditions or materials m set forth in tris Code, prorided hat in case of single family dwelling, an inspection must be upon he consent of he occupant or upon lawful order

t29

from he poper murt. The Chief, BFP or hidher duly auhorized represenhtive shall order he owner/occupant to remove hazardous materials andor stop hazardors operalio4/process in accordanoe wifr tre sbndards set by tris Code or ib implementing rules or regulations olher perlinent laws; Where conditions exbt and are deemed hazardo,rs to life and property, to order the orner/ccupantof any building orsh.rcture b summarity abats such hazardo.ts conditions; Require tre building owna/ocrupant to submit plans and specificalions, and oher pertinent documenb of said building to ensure compliance witr applicable codes and shndards; and lssue a writbn notice to he oryrpr andor or b sbp work on porlion of any work due to absence, or in violation of approred plans and specifcatons, permit and/or clearance or cerlifcalion as approred by the Chief, BFP or his/her duty autrorized represenhtive. The notice shall shte he nature of tre v'rolalion and no work shall Ue continued on that portion until tre violation has been conecbd.

o

i. j. k.

Section 6. T*hnical Staff - The Chief, BFP shall constitute a technical stafi of highly qualified peni$s who are knorle@eable on frc prwention, fre safety, and lire suppression. They may be drawn not only from tre organic of tre BFP and oher gwernrnent olfices and agencies, but also from ofier sources. ln he latter cae, trey will either be appointed inb tre swice or hired as consulhnts in accordance wih law. The bchnical stsfl shall stu{, reriew and araluate latest developments and sbndards on fire bchnology; prepare planVprograms on fre sabty, prevention and suppression and waluate implernentstion trereofi detlelop progra]Ts on he professionalization of he fire service; coordinate witr apprriate govemrnent and private institutions for he offering of college coumes on fro technology and fre protecton engineering; propose amendments to the Fire Code; advise he Chi€t BFP on any matler brought b his atention; and perlorm such oher functions as directed on any matbr brught b his afiention and perform such olher functions as directed by higha authorities.

7. lnspections, Safefy rl{easures, Fire Safety, Constructions, and Protedive and/or Weming Systems. - As may be defined and prwided in the Rules and ReElations, owners, istators or occupanb of buildings, stuctures and heir premises or facilities and other responsible persons shall be required b cunply witr he folloring, as may be appropriate: a. lnspection Requirement - A lire safety inspeclion shall be conducbd by he Chief, BFP or Sec.tion

his duly au0prized represenhlive as prerequisib b the granb of permils and/or licenses by local gwemmnts and oher govemnrent agencies concemed, br the:

(11

llllil,T'':ffi;:1.Jlfff[Hi[:Tf.?,',T.Hlf,fl; lity; and

of explcives or of combustible, flamnnble, toxic and ' oher hazardous nnterials; Sabty [ieasures for Hazardous lvlabrials - Fire salety measures shall be required for the

(2) Storage, handing and/or use

b.

manuficfure, storage, handling and/or use of hazardous nnbrials involving: cellulose nitrate plastic of any kind; combuslible fibers; cellular materials such a foam, rubber, sponge rubbo and plastic fuam; frammable and combustible liquids or gases of any classification, flammable pahts, vamishes, stsins and orgenic ooatings; high-piled o widely spread combuslible stock; mebllic magnesium in any brm; corosive liquids, oxidizing materials, organic peroxide, nibomethane, ammonium nitate, or any annunt of highly bxic, pyrophoric, hypergolic, or cryogenic nnteriab or pobonous g6es as well as material compunG wh'rch when exposed to heat or fame becorne a fre conductor, or generate excessive smoke or toxic gmes; blasting agenb, explmives and special industialexplmive.materials, bhsting caps, black porder, liquid nitoglycerine, dynamite, nito cellulose, fulminates of any kind, and plastic explosiv$ ffirhining amnnnium salt or chlorate; (10) freworks mabrials of any kind orform; (11) mabhes in commercial quantilies;

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)

(9)

lts

(12) (13) (14) (15) (16)

(17)

hot ashes, live coals and embers;

oher daivativestby producb; combuslible waste materials for recycling or resale; explosive dusb and vapos; and agriculfure, forest, rarine or mineral producb which nay undergo spontsneous combuston. any other subshnce wilh potsnlial to cause harm b persons, poperty or he mineral, vegehble or animaloils and

environment because of one or more ol he lollowing: a) The chem'tcal properlim of he subshnce; b) The physinl properlies of he subshnce; c) The biologbd prop€rties of tre subotsnce. Without limiling tre definition of hazardous material, all dangaors goods, combustible liquids and chemicals are hazardous materials. c

Safety [,leasures fur Hzardous Operatbn/Processes required for

- Fire Safety measures shall

be

he following hazardous operation/processes:

(1) welding or soldering; (2) industial baking and drying; (3) unsb disposal; (4) pressurized/forced{rafr buming equipment, (5) snnlling and brging; (6) molion picUre proisclion using electinlarc lamps; ' (7) refning, dislillalion and solvent exts*tilrn; and \ (8) such oha opaalbns or prcesses ar may hereafler be prescribed in the Rules and Regulations. d

Provision

on Fire Safety Constuction,

Proteclive and Waming System

-

Omers;

occupanB or istabr or buildings, str:cfures and heir premises or facililes, except such oher buildings or stuctures as nny be exsmpted in he rules and regulalions b be prornulgted under Secti:n 5 hereol shall incorporate and povide herein fire safety constuction, poteclive and waming system, and shall develop and implement fire safety programs, bwit

(1) (2) (3)

Fire prcbclion features such as spdnkler system, hme boxes, hce reeb or shndpipe systems and oher fire fghling equipmant, Fire Alam sysbms; Fire uyalls to sepamte adioinhg buildings, or warehanses and sbrage aea

(4)

fom oher occupancies in he same building; Prodsi6ns br cmfning the fre at ib sourco sudr

a

fire resislive floors

and_

wdb ubnding up b he next floor slab or mf, curtain boards and other fire conhining or sbpping cornponenb; Terminatim of all exib in an area afiording safu age to a public way or safe dispersal area; (6) Shiuay, vstical shafu, horizonhl exib and oher rneans of egress sealed from smoke and heat (7) A fre qit plan for each foor of tre building shoring he routes from each other room to appropriab qib, displayed proninen0y on the door of such rmm, (8) Self+lcing fire resbtive dooa lsading to conidors; (e) Fire dampem in cenfalized airconditioning ducts; (10) Roofvenb fs use by fire fighters; and (1 1) Properly marked and lighted exib wih prorrision for emerg,enry lighb to adequately illuminate exit ways in case ol porer failure (5l,

Seclion 8. Prohibit{ Acts. - The lollorving are declared m prohibited act and omission. (a) Obstucling c bbcking tp exit urry or rnss to buildings clearty nnrked br fire safety purpm6, sudl but not limited b ables in inbrior roons, any part of stainvays, hallwap, coridom, vestibules, balconies or bridges bading b a shiruay or exit of any kind, or toleratng or allodng said violalions;

a

tL0

(b) Consfucling gates, entances and walhrays to buildings components and yar& which obsfr:ct he orderly ard eay pmsage of f re fighling vehicles and equipnren[ . (c) Prevention, interference or obshrclion of any operation of tre Fire Service, or of duly organLed and auhorized fire brigades; (d) Obstrucling designated fire lanes or access to fire hydrants;

(e) Overcrording or 'nsim of persons beyond he quthorized capacity in movie houses, theaters, mliseuns, auditoriums or oher public assembly buildings, except in other assembly are6 on he ground floor witr open sides or open doors suffaient to provide safe exib; (f) Locking fire exits during paiod whan people are inside he building; (g) Prevenlion or obstuction of tlre automalic cloeure of fire dmrs or srmke partitons or dampers; Use of fire proteclive d fre fighling equipment of he fire seruice oher han for fire fighting except in oher emagencies where heir use are justified; (i) Giving false or rnalicious fire alarms; (l) Srnoking in pohibibd areas as may be determined by fre service, or hrowing of cigars, cigaretes, buming oblecb in places wh-rch may shrt or cause fire; (k) Abandoning or learing a buildlng or sbucture by the occupant or ovner without approprnte

(h)

(l)

safe$ rrasures; Remo/ng. destoying, hmpering or obliteraling any auhorized mark, seal, sign or tag posted or required by he fre service for fire safety in any building, structure or processing

equipmant and (m) Use of jumpers or hmpering wih electical wiring or overloading tre electical system beyond ib designated capacity or such oher praclices that would tend to undermine he fire safetyfeafures of he electical sptem. Sec-tion 9. Violatlon, Penalties and Abatament ol Fire Hazard. - Fire hazards shail be dbated immediately. The Chief, BFP or his/her duly authoized repmentative, upon the report trat a violation of tris Code or oher pertinent larvs, rules and regulations is being committed, shall bsue noticdorder to comply to he owner, ishator, occupant or oher person responsible for he condition of the building or stucture, indicafng among oher things, he period wihin which compliance shall be effected, which shall be wihin ten (10) to frfieen (15) days after tre receipt of the notice/order, depending on he reasonableness to adequately comply wih the sarne.

he

lapse of the aforeeaid period, he owner, adrninistrator, occupant or oher responsible b comply, he Chief, BFP or his/her auftorized rreenhtive shall put up a sign in front of tre building or stucture trat it is fire hazard. Specifically, he notice shall bear he words "WARNING: THIS BUILDING/STRUCTURE lS A FIRE HAZARD", wtrich shall remain posted unlil such time that the orner, istabr, occupant or o$er p€rson responsible for the cotrdition of the buildin!, s[ucture and heir prembes afacililies abate tre sare, but suctt paiod shall not o
perBon failed

Finally, with the failure of he owner, btator, occupant or oher pemon responsible for the condilion of he building, stucture and hdr premise or tacililies to compty witrin the period specified above, he Chief, BFP may issue order for such abatenrent lf he owner, istator o ocrupant of buildings, stucture and trdr prernises or facililies does not abate he same wihin tre period fixed in said order, he building, stucture, premises or facilities shall be ordered closed by he Chief, BFP or hisfter duly autrorized representative no$vithshnding any permil clearance or cerlilicate earlier issued by the local authorilies.

Alty building or stucture msessed and declared by he chief, BFP or his/her duly auhorized represenhtive as a firetap on of he gravity or palpability of tre violation or is causing clear and present imminent fire danger to adoining esbblishnenb and habihtions shall be declared a public nuisance, as defined in he Civil Code of tre Philippines in a notice be issued to the owner, istator, ocanpant or oher person responsible for the condilion of tre building, stucture and their premises or facilifes. lf he assessed value of he nuisance or he amount to be spent in abaling the sarne is not more han One hundred thcrnand pesm (P100,000.00), tre orner, btrator

b

a

It7

occupant hereof shall abate tre hazard wihin fifleen (15) days, or if he assessed value is more than One hundred horsand pesos (P100,000.00), wihin trirty (30) days from receipt of he order declaring said building or strcture a public nuisance; ohenalse, the Ch'ref, BFP or his/trer duly authorized mpresentalive shall forfiwitt cause ib surnmary abatement. failure to compty within five (5) days from he receipt of tre notice shall cause fie Ch'pf, BFP or h'e/her duly au$oized representstive to put up a sign in front of he building or strucfure, at or near he enbance of such premises, notiffing he public hat such building or sfucfure is a 'FIRETMP', yvh'nh shall rennin until he orner, istator, occupant or oher person r*ponsible fur he condition of he building, structure and their premises or facililies abate he same wihin he specffied period. Summary abalement as used hereln shall mean all corective measur€s undertaken to abate hazards which shall include, but not lin$ted to renndeling, repairing, sfenghening, recmsfucting, rernovaland demolilion, eihe parlial or tobl, of tre building c stuchrre. The expenses incuned by he goremnrent for such summary ababrnent shall be bome by he orrner, isbator or occupant. These expenses

Section 10. Enlorcement ol The Lien. - lf tre orner, or occupant fails to reimburse the govemrnent of he expenses incuned in he summary abatement wihin ninety (90) drys from the completion of such abatement, he building or shrcfure shall be sold at public aucton in accordance wih existng larus and rule. No prqerty subjot of lien under Seclion t hereof, may be sold at a price lorer than he ababment s
a)

he

pdvate individual:

isfalive fine - Any person who violates any prwision of he Fire Code or iny of he rules and regulations promulgted under this Act shall be penalized by an isfative fine of not exceeding Fifty hwsand (P50,000.m) pesc o in the prop€r case, by stoppage of operalions or by clcure of such buildings, sbuctures and beir premises or hcililies which do not comply u,iUr the requiremanb or by

botr such adrninistalive fne and clmure/stoppage of operation to be impmed by the Chiel BFP. Provided, That he payment of tre fine, stoppage of operations and/or clooure of such buildingo, strucfures, and treir premises or facilities shall not absolve he violator frorn corrcting frre deficiency or abating the fire hazard The decision of he Chief, BFP, under his'subsection, may be appealed b the Sbcrehry of he lnterior and Local Government. Unless ordered by the Secrebry

-

(b)

of he lnterior and Local C,ovemrnent tre appeal shall not sby the execu(1n of the order of he Chief, BFP. The decision of he Secretary of the lnterior and Local Goremment shall be final and executoy. Punilive - ln case of willful failure to conect the deficiency or abate tre fre hazard as prwided in the preceding subsection, he violator shall, upon convicton, be punished by imprisonment of not less han six (6) nnnfrrs nor more han six (6) years, or by a fne of not rpre han One hundred thousand (P100,000.00) pesos or botr such fne and irnprisonmai; ProviH, however, that in case of a corporation, frm, parherchip or msocialion, the llne and/or imprisonment shall be imposed upon ib officials responsible lor such violation, and in case tre guilty

party

is an alien, in

addition

to the

penalties herein prescribed, he shall

immediately be deported; Provifud, findly,that were

he violation is aftended

by

injury, loss of life and/or damage to property, tre violator shall be proceeded against undo tre applicable prodsions of tre Revised Penal Code. Amy person who, wittoul autrodty, maliciousty remwes Ere sign 0rat a building or shucfure is a fire haardlfiretap placed by he auhaized person in tris Code shall be liable for irnprisonnrnt lor ttirty (30) days or a fine not exceeding One hundred thousand pesos (P100,000.00) a both in the discretion of tre court.

Itr

(2) One-tenth of one percentum (0.1%)of the verifial estimated value of buildings or

(3)

(4)

(5)

(6)

stucfures to be erected, fiom he onrner hereof, but not to exceed fifty housand (P50,000.00) pesc, one half to be paid prior to the issuance of he building permi( and he balance, after final inspection and prior to the issuance of the use and occrpanry permit; On+hundredh of one per centum (0.10oi6) of the msessed value of buildings u stucfures annually payable upon payment ol the real eshte hx, except on stuctures used as single fumity dwellings; Two per cenfum (7/o) of all s, excluding r+insurance s for he sale of fire, earthquake and explmion hazard insurance collected by companies, pemons or agenb licensed b sell such insurances in the Philippines; Two per cenfum (2%) of gross sales of companis, persons or agenb selling fire fighting equipmen[ appliances or dadces, including hazard deteclion and warning systens; and Two [Er centum (T/o) ol he senrice fees rerceived fom fire, eartrquake, and explosion hazard rcinsurance surveys and pst loss service of insurance adjustrent companies doing business in the Philippines directy trrough agenb

Section 13. Collection of Taxes, Fees and Fines. - All taxes, fees and fines provided in this Code, shall be collected by he BFP. Proided, That twanty percent (2trlo) of such mllectbn shall be set mide and retained for use by the city or municipal government concemed, which shall appropriate he same

exclusive for

he

use of tre operation and nnintenance of its local fire stslion, including he

construclion and repair of fire shtion: Prcvi&d, furhe1 lhat the remaining eighty (8006) shall be .. ggmitbd to fre National Treasury under a fust fund assigned for he modemization of the BFP.

"Sec. 13-A. Assessment of Fire Code laxes, Fees and Fines. - The assessrnent of fire code taxes, fees and fines is vestsd upon he BFP. The BFP shall, subject to the apprwal of tre DILG, prescnbe tre procedural rules for such purpce.

Sec 13-8. Collxtion and Assessmert of Local lares, Fees dnd Fines. - The collection and assessment of hxes, fees and fines as prescribed in tre Local Gorrernment Code, except those contained in his Code, shall be function of the concerned local government units.

1lC. Use of lncome Generated fron he Enforcement of he Fire Code. - The Chief, BFP is authorized, subject to the approval of the Secretary of he lnterior and Local Governnpnt to use the income.generated under he Fire Code for proorrement of fire protection and fire fighting investigation, rescue, paranndics, gupplies and nnbriah, and rehted technEal seruices necessary for the fire seruice and he improrenent of facilites of the Bureau of Fire Protection and abatenent of fire hazards Sec.

The BFP shall determine the optinral number of equipment, including, but not limited to, fire ticts and fire hydrar$, required by e/ery local govanrnent unit for tre proper delivery of fire protection services in ib jurisdiction.

ln the procurement of fire fighling and invesligalion supplies and mabrials, he Bureau of Product Standards of he Deparfinent of Trade and lndusty shal araluate, determine and cerli! if the supply to procured confonrn b the product sbndads fted by lhe BFP. For his purpce, the BFP shall submit to he Bureau ol Product Standar& a debiled set of product shndards that must be complied wih in Sre procurernent of fire iighting and investigation supplies and materials witrin six (6) monhs from the effectivity ol his act Sec. 13-D. lvhnitoingtrc lnplemrftalion of he Fire Code and he Anowt of fie Fees Collxted. The Chief, BFP shall, wihin six (6) nnnh from he effect[vity of his Code, suomit !-trb Secrebry of he lnterior and LocalCrovernnent br his/her approval, a nnnagement tool or rnecli,:lsm that would ensure effeclive monitoring of fie enlorcenent of lhe Fire Code to include he arnounl of Fire Code fees collected.

Irq

Any penson, who disobeys tre lawirl order of tre fire grwnd comrnander during a firefigh[ng operalion shall be penalized witr imprisonnent of one (1) day b hirty (30) drys and a fine of fle housand pesc (P5,000.00). 2. Against

he

a)

public ofica/employee ishalive - The fdloring acb or omissions shall render tre public offcer/employee in charge of he enforcement of his Code, ib implementing

rules and regulation and other pertinent laws, adnirnistratively liable, and shall be punbhed by reprimand, suspension or removal in the discretion of the disciplining auhaity, depending on tre gravity of he ofense and without preiudice b ttre pmvisions olothr applicable lanrs. (1) Unjuslified failure of he public ofiicer/employee to conduct iqspection of buildings or strucfures at least once a year; (2) Deliberate hilure b put up a sign in ftont of tre building or stucture wihin his/her area of responsibility found to be violatng this Code, ib implementing rules and regulations and oher pertinent laws, that the same is a "FIRE HAZARD' or a 'FIRETRTqP'' (3) Endorsing to tre Chief, BFP or his/her duly autrorized represenhtive for he certification, or submitting a report ttrat he building or sfucture complies wih the sbndar& set by tris Code, ib implementing rules or regulations or oher pertinent laws when he same is contary to

fact

(4) lssuance or renewal of occupancy or business permit witrout tre fire safety Inspection certificate issued by tre Chief, BFP u his/ha duly auhorized repreenblive;

(5) Failure to cancel he occupanry or business pamit after the ovyner, . istator, occupant or oher person responsible for he condilion of he building, sfucture and oher premise failed to comply with the notice/order for compliance wih he standards set by tris Code, ib implernenting rules and regulat'ms and oher perlinent laws, witrin he specified period;

(6) Failure to abate a public nuisance witrin frfteen (15) days after the owner, isEatr, occupant or oher responsible person failed to abate he s6me within he period contained in the notice to abate; (7) Abusing his/ha autrority in the performance ol his/her duty through

' -

b)

acb of corruption and other unehicalpractices; or

(8) Oher willful impmpriety or grns negligence in he performance of his/her duty as prorided in tris act or its implementing rules3nd regulalions. Punitive - ln the case of willful violation involving

he abovementoned acb or

omissions enumerabd under Secli:n 11 subparagraph 2(A) tre public oficer/employees shall, upon convblion, be,punished by inprisonmert of not less han six (6) monhs nor more han six (6) years or by a fine of not rnore than One hundred housand (P100,000.00) or botr such fine and irnprisonnnnt Providd, That where tre violaton b attended by injury, loos of lib and/or propety, he vidator shall be proceeded against under the applicable prwbions of he Revbed Penal Code.

I

Section 12. Apprqriatiwt and Sources of lncome. (a) To he manporver, infiatrrcfure and equipnent needs of tre fire servbe of the BFP, such arnount as nny be necessary to athin tre objeclives of tre Fire Code shall be appropriated and included in he annual appropriation of the BFp. (b) To partially prwide for tre tunding of 0re fire which

s d

b he General Fund of fte National (1) Fees to be charged for he issuance

shall accrue

as

provided for in Sechon 7 (a) hereof

lao

Sec'tion 14. Wihin sixty (60) days firom tre efieclivity of tris Act he Secretary of tre lnterior and Local Covemmentshall issue he rules and regulations for ib efieclive impbnrenhtion.

Scction 15. Presidential Decree No 1185 is hereby repealed. All laws, presidential decrces, letbrs of inshuclions, execulive orders, rules ard regnrlalions insohr as trey are inconsbtent wi$r thb Act, are hereby repealed or amended as

he case may be.

Sec{ion 16. ln case any prwision of tris Act or any portion trereof is declared unconstifutional by a cou( oher pro/sions shall not be aftcted hercby.

competent

Scction 17. Thb Act shall bke dect frfteen (15) days after ib publicalion in the Offcial Gazette or Mo (2) national ne$spapers of general oholalion.

in

Approred

(Sgd.)PROSPEROC.NOGRALES

Houseof

Speakerofthe Represenhlive

I

(Sgd.)ttlANNYVlLLAR

PresidentofheSanate

J

i

Thb Act which is a consolidalion of Senate Bill No. 2553 and House Bill No 41 15 r'qrs trnally ed by he Senate and fte House of Represenhtive on October 6, 2008 and Ocbber 8, 200i,; respectively.

it

) ,,

I

.-7

BARUA-YAP General

(Sgd.)ltlARlLYN B. Secrehry Horce of Represenhlive

(Sgd.)EMlrlA LIRIGREYES Secrehry of the Senate

Apprwed: December 19, 2008 (Sgd.)

G

LoRIA MACAPAGAL-ARROYO

Pre siderrt of the Htilippin e s

lt

I I

rl

l3l

t r i

) t

RU LF.

,1

1 OO

GAS AND ELECTRIC WELDING AND CUTTING OFERATIONS (1) Welding or cutting operations shall not be permitted in rooms or areas containing combustible materials or in proximity to explosives or flammable liquids, dusts, gases or vapors, until all fire and explosion hazards are eliminated. (2) Welding or cutting operations on containers filled with explosives or flammable substance is prohibited. Welding closed containers thal have held explosive or flammabte substance shall only be undertaken after the containers have been thoroughly cleaned and found completely free of combustible gases or vapors or the containers a16 filled with inert gas or with water. (3) Welding and cutting operations carried out or done in places where persons other than the welders work or shall be enclosed by means of suitable stationary or portable sgreens. Screens shall be opaque, of sturdy construction to withstand rough usage of a material which will not readily be set on fire by sparks or hot metal, at least 2 m. (6.5 ft.) high, and preferably painted with light flat paint.

(4) A portable fire extinguisher shall be provided at lhe place where welding and cutting operations are being undertake

(5) Authorization, before welding and cutting operations are allowed in large establishments, the area shall be inspected by the safetyman. He shall issue a written permit or authorization for welding and cutting, indicating therein the precautions to be followed to avoid fire or accidents.

('l

)All workers or persons directly engaged in welding or cutting operations shall be provided with the

following

personal protective equipment:

a. goggles, helmets or head shields fitted with suitable filter lenses and hand shields; and b. suitable aprons.

(2) all persons directly assisting in welding or cutting operations shall be provided with gl<*es, goggles or other

protective clothings, as may be necessary.

The inhalation of any fumes, gases or dusts by persons welding or cutting in confined spaces shall be prevented by the provision of: ('l ) Local exhaust and general ventilation system to keep fumes, gases or dusts within allowable concentrations or threshold limit values;

(2) Approved types of respiratory protective equipment.

132

RU

LH 1 220

ELEVATORS AND RTLATED EQUIPMENT 1221: Detinitions: (11 "Elevatol' shall mean a hoisting and lowering mechanism equipped with a car or platform, which moves in guides in substantially vertical direction, serving two or more floors of a building or structure.

(2) "Hoistwaf' shall mean a shaftrray for the travel of one or more elevators. lt includes the pit and terminates at the underside of the overhead machinery/space floor or grating, or at the underside of the roof.

(3) "Buffel'shall mean a device designed to stop a descending car or counterweight beyond its normal limit of travel by steering or by absorbing and dissipating the kinetic energy of the car or counterweight.

(4) "Safety Counterweighf' shall mean a mechanical device attached to the counterweight frame to stop and hold the countenrueight in case of predetermined over speed or free fall or if the hoisting ropes slacken.

(5) "Elevafd Pff'shall mean thai portion of a hoist extending from the level of the lowest landing door to the floor at the boftom of the hoistway.

(6) "E/evator Landingf'shall mean that portion of floor, balcony', or platform to receive and discharge enger or freight. (71 "Hoistway Enclosure" shall mean the fixed structure, consisting of vertical walls or partitions, which isolates from all other parts of the building or from an adjacent hoistway in which the hoistway floor and assemblies are installed.

(8) "Elevator Cal" shall mean the load door or gate.

""rrying

unit including the platfo'm, car frame, enclosure and car

(9) "Car door or gate" shall inean the movable portion of the car entrance which

cto*ses

the opening

access to the car.

(10)"Controf'shall mean the systern governing the starting, stopping, directlon of rnotion, acceleration and speed.

(11)"Controllel' shall mean a device or group of devices which servi,,s to control in

a

predetermined

manner the apparatus to which it is connected.

(12)"Emeryency stop switch " shall mean a device located in the car which when operated causes the electric power to be removed from the driving machine, motor and brake of an electric elevator or from the electrically ollerated valves and/or pump motor of a hydraulic elevator.

(13)"Trunsom" shall mean

a

or s used

to close a hoistway enclosure opening above

a

hoistway entrance.

il

(14)"Travef'shall mean the vertical distance between the bottom terminal landing and the top terminal la

ll

L

It

(1 th

shall mean tlre power unit, which applies the energy necessary to raise dnd lower rive the elevator.

(16)"Car Enclosure" shall mean the top and the walls of the car resting on and attached to the car platform.

lg3

(17)"Car Frame" shall mean the ing frame to which the car platform, upper and lower sets of guide shoes, car safety and the hoisting rope sheaves or the plunger of.a direct plunger elevator are aftached.

(18)Car Platform" shall mean the structure which forms the floor of ,the car that s the load. (19)"Dumbwaitel'shall mean a hoisting and lowering mechanismwith a carof limlted capacity of 220k9. (500 lbs.) and size which moves in guides in a substantially vertical direction and is used exclusively for carrying materials.

(2Ol"Escalatol'shall mean a power driven, inclined continuous stainivay used.for raising and lowering engers.

(21)Frcight Elevatol'shall mean an elevator primarily used for carrying freight and in which only the operator and the persons necessary for unloading and loading the freight are permitted to ride.

I

(22l"Hand Elevatof'shall mean an elevator utilizing manual energy. (23)"enger Elevatofshall mean an elevator used primarily to carry persons.

(24l"Power Elevatol'shall mean an elevator utilizing energy other than gravitational or manual to move the car. E

(25l"Electric Hevato/'shall mean a power elevator where the energy is applied by means of an electric driving machine. (26)"Hydraulic Eievatof' shall mean a power elevator where the energy is applied by means of a liquid under pressure in a cylinder equipped with plunger or piston (27)"Direct Plunger Elevatof'shall mean a hydraulic elevator having a plunger or piston directly aftached to the car frame or

platform.

.,

(28)"Electric Hydraulic Elevatol' shall maan a direct-plunger elevator where the liquid is pumped under pressure directly into the cylinder by a pump driven by an electric motor.

(29l Ropd Hydnulic Eleuatol' shall mean a hydraulic elevator having its piston conniected to'the car with wire ropes. 'l

222: General Provis lon

s:

The owner/manager or his authorized representative shall file with the Secretary or his authorized representiative having jurisdiction an application to install or construct an elevator together with the necessary plans in triplicate signed and sealed by a ed professional mechanical engineer for the mechanical plans and by a professional electrical engineer for the electrical plans, both duly licensed to practice in the Philippines.

No ele'vator, (enger or{reight) shall be installed and/or operated in any place of employment in the Philippines without a written permit issued for the purpose by the Regional Labor Office or authorized representative having jurisdiction.

(1) Upon approval of the application and plans together with ihe necessary ing papers, the installation and/or construction of the elevator may be started under the direct charge and supervision of

a professional mechanical engineer and professional electrical engineer, t

t

I

Erl

t'-

'

(2) The Regional Office or authorized representative shall be informed either in writing or in person of any deviation made from the approved plans.

(3) ln cases where major alterations are made that may affect the approved design, the plans shall be resubmitted for approval.

(4) Upon completion of the installation and/or construction, a request for final inspection shall be filed with the Regional Labor Office or authorized representative having juri.sctiction. lf such inspectron show compliance with the approved plans, standards and necessary tests,

a permit or certificate shall

be

issued valid for one (1 )year from the date of final inspection.

Application for the renewal of a permiUcertificate shall be filed by the owner/manager or his duly authorized representative with the Regional Labor Office or authorized representative with the Regional Labor Office or authorized representative having jurisdiction at least thirty (30) days before the expiration date of permit or certificate. 1

223: Gcneral Requirenrents

:

(1) Every part of the structure, machinery, and equipment shall be:

a.

of good design, good mechanical construction, sound material, adequate strength, free tfom defects,

and

b.

kept in good working condition.

(2) Hoistways from all elevators shall be substantially enclosed throughout their height and there shall be no openings except for necessary doors, windows or skylights. (3) Hoistways for elevators outside the buildings shall be substantially enclosed to a height of at least 3 nr (10 ft.) provided that the enclosure shall be continuous to the top of any side where there is access to the cage.

(4) The enclosures shall be eithlr a continuous wall or substantial grill work, metal bars-or wood slats. ln general enclosures shall be fire resistant. (5)

a.

Where a hoistway extends into the top of a building, fire-resistant hoistway or machinery spaced enclosures shall be carried to the underside of the roof, if the roof is of fire-resistive construction, and at least 90 cm (3 ft.) above the surface of the roof, if the roof is of non-fire-resistive construction;

b. Where a hoistway does not extend into the top floor of a building, the top of the hoistway shall be enclosed with a fire resistant construction. (6)

a.

A pit shall be provided for every elevator.

b.

The floor of the pit shall be approximately level.

c. Pits extending below the ground level shaii have non-combustibie

floors and shail be designed to prevent entry of grouhd water into the pit. The pit floor of any hoistway not extending to the ground shall be of fire resistant construction.

d.

Hoistway pits shall be of such depth that when the car rests on the fully compressed buffers, there shall be a vertical clearance of not less than 610 mm. between the pit floor and the lowest structural or

l3t

mechanical part, equipment or device installed beneath the car platform except'guide shoes or rollers,

safety

jaw assemblies, and platform aprons, guards, or other equiprrent located within 305

mm.

horizontally from the sides of the car platform.

e. Safe and convenient access shall be provided to all pits and shall conform to the following: (1) Access shall be by means of the lowest hoistway door or by means of a-L.;parate pit access door. Where a separate pit access door is provided, it shall be self-closing and provided with a spring-type lock arranged to permit the door to be opened from inside the pit without a key. Such doors shall be kept locked. (2) There shall be installed in the pit of each elevator where the pit extends more than 914 mm below the sill of the pit ac@ss door, a fixed vertical ladder or non-combustible material located within reach of

the access door. The ladder shall extend not less than 1,067 mm above the sill of the access door, or handgrips shall be provided to the same height. (3) Pits shall be accessible only to authorized persons.

f.

A permanent lighting fixture shall be provided in all pits, which shall provide an illumination of not less than 54 lux at the pit floor. A light switch shall be so located as to be accessible from the pit access door.

g. Thereglall

be installed in the pit of each elevator an enclosed stop switch or switches and shall be located as to be accessible from the pit access door. When the pit exceeds 2,010 mm. in depth, an additional stop switch is required adjacent to the pit ladder and approximately 1,220 mm. above the pit

floor. Where more than one switch is provided, they shall be wired in series. (7)Hoistways of elevators serving more than three (3) floors shall be provided a means of venting smoke and hot gases to the outer air in case of fire. The area of the vents shall not be less lhan 3 112% of the area of the hoistway or less than 0.28 sq. m. (3 sq.ft.) for each elevator car, which ever is greater.

i

Of the total required vent area, not less than 1/3 shall be permanently opened by a damper.

It

a. Vents shall be located:

i.

in the side of the hoistway, enclosure directly before lhe{loor or floors at the top of the hoistway and shall open directly to the outer air through non-combustible ducts to the outside, or

ii. in the wall or roof of the penthouse or overhead machinery space above the rooi provided, that the openings have a total area of not less than the minimum required. b. Closed portions of the required vent area shall consist of windows, skylights openings glazed with glass not more than 0.32 cm (1/8 in.) thick. (8) Windows on the walls of the hoistway enclosures are prohibited. Frames and sashes of windows in machine rooms and skylights shall be of metal. A metal or concrete floor shall be provided at the top of the hoistway:

a. Above or level the machine beams where the machine is located over the hoistvray. b.

Below the overhead sheaves where the machine is located over the hoistway.

c.

Metal floors shall conformio the following:

lr

r

1. 2.

I

t I t

lf of bar-type grating, the openings between bars shall reject a ball 20 m.m. in diameter.

lf of perforated sheet metal or of fabricated openwork constnlction, the openings shall reject a ball 25 mm. in diameter.

ri

r I I

i I

)

t3t

(e)

of sustaining a concentrated load of 136 kg. otn'any 2,580 mm 2 area in constitutes the floor of the main or secondary level machinery space, it shall be

a. The floor shall be capable addition where

it

designed for a live load of not less than 611 kg/m2 in all open areas.

b. A sign stating the maximum allowable load for which the floor is designed shall be prominently displayed at eye level in a main and secondary machine room spaces and shall be of metal with block letters with at least 10 cm. (4 in.) high on a white background.

c.

The floor shall extend over the entire area of the hoistway where ttre cross-sectional area is ten (10) sq. m. or less. Where the cross-sectional area is greater, the floor shall extend not less than 2 cm. beyond the contour of the machine or sheaves or other equipment, and to the entrance to the rnachinery space at or above the level of the platform.

d.

Differences in levels of machine room and machinery space floors shall be avoided, where practicable. Where the difference in level in such floors exceed 30 cm., a railing shall be provided at the edge of the higher level. Where such change in level occurs, ladders or stairs shall be provided for access between levels.

(10)Ropes, wires or pipes shall not be installed in hoistway, except where necessary for the operation of the elevattlr3. Only electrical wiring, rage ways, and cables used directly in connection with the elevator, including wiring for signals, for communication with the car, for lighting, heating, air conditioning, and ventilating the car, for low voltage fire-detecting systems, for pit sump pumps, and for heating and lighting the hoistway, may be installed inside the hoistway. ('l 1)Electrical conductors, other than trailing cables, shall be encased in metal conduits or armored cables and all live parts of the electrical apparatus in hoistways or in cages shall be suitably enclosed to afford protection against accidental .

(12)Landing doors of power driven elevators shall be provided with interlocks to hold the elevator car immovable while any landing is open, and to make it impossible to open any landing door when the car is more than 7.5 cm. (3 in.) away from the landing except with a special emergency key. (13)Landing openings in pasienger-elevator hoistway enclosures shall be protected prJferaUty by sliding doors, or swinging doors or a combination of both. (1a)On enger elevators, vertically sliding or counter-balanced landing doors shall only be oermitted if interlocked with elevator car doors or gates so the landing door cannot:

a.

open more than 60 cm. (24 in.)until the hoistway door is locked in its fully opened positions, and

b. starttocloseuntilthecardoororgatesisclosedto60cm.

(24in.)offullclosure.

(1S)Landing doors or gates shall when closed, extend to the top of the landing opening.

(16)Elevators car doors or gates shall, when closed, guard the full opening.

(17) enger elevators, except elevators operated by automatic control shall be operated at all times by regular, trained and comp6tent operators. ('18)Clearance between the sides of elevators cars and hoistway enclosure shall not be less than 1.9 mm. except on the sides used for loading and unloading. Clearance between the cars and their counterweight shall not be less than 25 mm. The clearance between counter weight and the counterweight screen and between the counterweight and the hoistway enclosure shall be not less than '19 mm.

(19)Clearance between the car-platform sill and the hoistway edge of any landing sill, or the hoistway side

of any vertically sliding countenrveighted or counterbalanced hoistway door or of any vertically sliding

111

counterbalanced biparting hoistway door, shall be not less than 13 mm. where side guides are used, and not less than 19 mm. where corner guides are used. ln no case shall such clearances exceed 38 mm. (20)The clearance between the landing edge of car platform sill the hoistway enclosure of fascia plate for the full width of the clear hoistway-door opening shall be not more than 127 mm. Except where vertically sliding hoistway doors are installed, the clearance specified may be inc,'eased '190 mm. For heavy duty elevators on extra wide door openings, the clearance may be increased where necessary, subject to the approval of the enforcing authority. (21)Car and machine counterweights shall run in guides or suitable boxes without any obstruction.

wi{

the inner surfaces flush or

(22)Counterweight runways shall be located in the hoistways with the exposed sides covered from a height of at least 2.15 m. (7 ft.) above the floor of the pit.

(23)Car or machine counterweights not located in the elevator shaft shall be entirely enclosed on all sides. (24)At least two hoisting and two counterweight cables shall be provided on all power freight elevators raised or lowered by cables. (25)The operation of freight elevators having only one hoisting cable shall be prohibited, unless the

diameterwrd material of the cable is adequate to carry safely.the maximum load with a factor of safety of not less than 12.

(26)The drum ends of cables shall be securely anchored, preferably by clamps, on the siie oi the winding drum, and these shall be at least two turns of the hoisting and counteMeight cables on winding drums where either the car or counterweights are at its lower limits of travel. ' (27)Al\ cables and drum type elevators shall be provided with equalizers and eveners respectively.

(28)No elevator machinery, except the [dler or deflecting sheave, shall be hanged underneath the

ing beams at the top of the hoistways.

(29)No machinery, except the buffers and machinery for hyclraulic plunger elevators shall be located directly under the elevator hoistway. (30)Set screw fastening shall not be used in lieu of keys in the construction and instatation of any hoisting machinery. (31)All hoisting machinery shall be provided with adequate guards as required by Rule 1200. (32)All elevators operated from a pressure tank where the fluid pressure is obtained by directly itting air or gas to the tank shall comply with the rules governing hydraulic elevators. (33)All parts of elevator installation shall be inspected at regular intervals as prescribed by the enforcing authority.

(34)Elevator cars shall be provided with an audible emergency signal that is operable from within the car and audible outside or with a telephone. (35)All elevator cars shall have a sign posted conspicuously which shall show the maximum ratect load.

(36)Power elevators that do not conform to all the regulations for enger elevators, shall have signs posted at every landing and in the elevator car, prohibiting engers except the operator from riding.

(37)All electric elevator cars shall be provided with emergency stop switches, independerrt of the operating devic,es and located adjacent to the ernergency stop switches.

l38

(38)The rated speed of power driven elevators carrying an operator shall not excebd 3.66 km/hr. (200 ft. per minute), except in the case of automatic operation and continuous pressure operation elevators or those controlled by a regular operator. (39)The rated speed of electric freight elevators with continuous pressure operation shall not exceed 2.76 km/hr. (151 ft. per minute). (40)The rated speed of belt or chain-driven freight elevator shall not exceed 1.1 km/hr. (60 ft. per minute), and the rated speed of elevators operating through hatchway covers shall not exceed 0. 91 km/hr. (50 ft. per minute)

(41)Landing openings in freight elevators shall be protected by horizcntal or vertical sliding'doors, combination sliding and swinging doors, swinging doors, or vertical sliding doors. (42)Higher speeds provided in (38), (39), (40) and (41) may be permifted subject to the approval of the enforcing authority. _.. 1

224: Standards Requirements:

For purposes of inspection, checking, test and other considerations prior to the approval of any installation and use of any elevator, the following in accordance with their latest revisions, are hereby adoPted:

i-

(1) A.S.M.E. Elevator Code and (2) P.S.M.E. CODE 1225: Rc,quiremerrts in the Preparatiori of Plans:

Bo6oro an olovator (paooongor or froight), manli{t, dumbwoitor or oooolator io inotallod, tho owner/manager or his authorized representative shall file with the Secretary or his authorized

representative

an

application

for

mdchanical

and electrical wiring

installation,

to

install

elevator/manlifUdumbwaiter escalator, and to construct hoistway and install gates and doors, in triplicate, accompanied by three (3) copies of each sheet of plans in whitelrint. -l-he following shall be incorporated in the plans which show the r0quirements as indicated: (1) Location Plans:

a. site of the comflound

indicating any known landmarks, such as street, private building and an arrow indicating NORTH direction drawn not necessarily to scale.

or public place

or

(2) Electrical Layout:

a. lighting and power layout; b. riser or single lines diagrams; c. riser design computation; d. load schedule; e. electrical legend and specification. (3) Machine Room:

a.

Front and side view and plan of the driving machine, governor exit and machine beams;

b.

type of drive.

txq

(41Hoistway:

a.

the construction, specification and dimension;

b.

location of limit switches and all other safety devices.

(5) Car, Cage and Platform:

a. specification materials and dimensions; b. side and front views of the car sizes of frameworks, doorc, gates, sill, floor anJ top emergency exits; c. ventilation, handrails, guides, tracks, hangers, bumpers, slack devices and controllers; d. car safety devices and platform guards. (6) Govemor:

a. the specifications, dimensions and materials; b. type, speed and governor marking plate. 5:

(7) Counterweight:

a.

dimensions, materials and specifications;

b. the counterweight safety devices, enclosures, guards, guides and sheaves; c. the rope, the rods and frames. (8) 8uffers, Bumpers, Cars

aN

Counterueights

a.

the type and location;

b.

the corrstruction, materials and specifications;

c.

the factor of safety and bufier marking plate or rating

plate.

.

(9) Ihe Prts:

a. The dimensions and constructions; b

.

access to pit, light, drainage and guards between adjacent pits.

(10) Cables, Hoisting and Suspension Ropes:

a. the size, material and number of cables; b. tensile stress, factor of safe$ number of strands,

number of wires per strand, lay weight per m. and

size of the driving drum. (1

1) Desrgn Conputation:

The minirnum rate load, speed, factor of safety, weight of counterweight, stresses in car frame, platform frames, tripping speed of govemor, stopping distance for car and counterweight safety devices and impact on buffer s.

Itlo

'-

(121Clearance of Cars and Counterueights:

a. the top and boftom car clearance; b. the top countenreight clearances; c. the maximum boftom runby; d. the clearance between car and hoistway, enclosures, e. the clearances between the car and counterweight frame;

f.

the clearances between car in multiple hoistway and landing sills, and

g. the clearance between loading side of car platfonn and hoistwqy enclosures.

Itll

MAPUA INSTITU'TE OF TECI-INOI,OCY SCHOOL OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING MERO I22L _ MACHINB SHOP II

MACHINE SHOP LABORATORY SAFETY GUIDELINES A major ingredient in both personal safcty and cquipmcnt safetv is 1,our attitudc and attcntion Be alcrt for possible hazards and pay attention to the specific laboratory task at hand, Most accidents are preventable, and you bcar partial responsibility for protccting yourself, your laboratory partners and the equipment.

l.

Come to the laboratory dressed to rvork. (a) No loose or baggy clothing, unbuttoned coats or sweaters. ctc. (b) Neckties fastened with a clip.

(c) No sandals or bare feet. (d) Reasonable hair length or some containmcnt for your hair.

2. Bcforc starting work. you should: Locate all room exits. .=. (a) (b)

Locatc all safcty cquipnrcnts

(c) Dctermine horv to shut dow'n thc cquipmcnt in any' case of crncrgcnc\ (d) Carefully inspect all laboratory equipment you r.vill use for potential hazards. (c) Should you cncountcr Atlv haz-ardous con
event ofany hazardous conditrons or personal inju4,.

3.

You are now ready to start the cquipmcnt and bcgin your ivork. (a) Kcep alert for any deVeloping safety hazards as exhibited by unusual noise, , unusual vibration, unusual data trerrds. non-assigned personnel entering the testing 4rea, smoke, flame, etc. (b) Shut down the equipment if any hazard develops, or if you think a hazard is developing, notify your instructor. (c)-When you have completed your laboratorv work, shut dorvn thc equipment and leave it in a safe condition for the next uscrs. (d) If the building fire alarm sounds, leave the building as soon as possible, shutting dolvn any equipment 1,ou have started. (e) When rvorking with pure ox)/gen, treat it rvith great respect. Keep all grease. oil. ctc. away from the equipment. Makc sure thc oxygen bottlc is sccurely'chaincd to something structurally sound.

.

In the event of a fire, follow these instmctrons: (a) tf the fire is minor and you are not endangering your personal safety, shut down the equipment and notify your instructor. Use the nearest fire extinguisher to put out the flame. (b) If the fire continues to gro\v or threatens flammable liquids or bottled gas. leavo the room and close the door. Sound tho building fire alarnt. Report the exact location of tho f-rrc to thr: tclllonc oporator or call tl'rc Canrpus Policc.

5.

All students and instructors are requircd to rvear safety glasses whilc participating in or observing. Non-prescription glasses are availablc for use in thc Lab or ma\r bc purchased

4

at thc bookstorc.

lqr

6.

Other safety Considerations: (a) Never operate any equipment unless at least trvo people are present. (b) Never operate any equipment without your instructor's prior knorvledge. (c) Noti& your instructor at the completion of any experiment. (d) Keep in mind that you are responsible for your personal safety, the safety to other people, and the safety of the equipment. (e) Noise protection equipmcnt is available for your use at any time you desirc. See your instructor for this equipment. It must be used in certain designated arcas.

7. Workshop Conduct , (a) No food or &inks are p€rrnitted in the workshop. O) No smoking is permitted in the workshop. (c) Anything less than professional conduct and behavior

will not be tolerated.

I{I

JOB HAZARD ANALYSIS Introduction The process of determining the hazards associated with a lof is often referred to as Job Safety Analysis, however a Job Hazard Analysis (JHA) is a more accurate term since a IHA looks for the hazards associated with a job, those that present risks not only to employee safety, but also to employee health and to the environment.

Ultimately, every job should be analyzed. This analysis will bring about the hazards associated with each steps, and will enable the supervisor to recommend the appropriate control measures. Establishing JHA Priorities When more than one job needs to be analyzed, choosing which one to do first is an important decision. Some jobs present a greater risk to health and safety than others and should take priority. In most cases, the priorities are based on the following criteria: High Frequency of Accidents or Near-Misses Jo[s.with a high frequency of accidents or near-misses pose a significant threat to health

.

.

and safety.

History of Serious Accidents or Fatalities -, Jobs that have already fatalities, disabling injuries, illnelses or environmental harm regardless of the frequency should have a high priority. r Potential for Serious Harm Job that have the potential for causing serious injury or harm should be analyzed, even if they have never produced an injury or illness. . New Jobs Whenever a new job is introduced in your area, athorough JHA should be performed before any employee is assigned to it. r Changes in Procedures and Standards . ' Prioriiy should also be given to jobs that have undergone a change in piocedure, equipment or materials, and jobs whose operation may have been affected by new regulations or standards. Note: Even the most routine jobs can include unrecognized hazards. By performing a thorough JHA you may be able to discover a safer or healthier way of performing the job. Selecting a JHA Team

JHA should always be a team effort. By involving others in the process, you reduce the possibility of overlooking an individual job step, or a potential hazard. You also increase the likelihood identifying the most appropriate measures for eliminating or controlling hazards. r JHAs are a team effort An effective JHA team should generally include:

-

The Supervisor The employee most familiar with how the job is done and its related hazards. Other employees who perform the job Experts specialists when necessary, such as maintenance personnel, occupational hygienists, ergonomists, or design engineers.

or

Nq

By involving as many knowledgeable and experienced people as possible, you ensure the JHA will be accurate and complete. Performing a Job Hazard Analysis Once the JHA team has been selected, you need to make sure everyone involved is familiar with what a job hazard analysis is and how it is performed. Job hazard analysis is a three-stage plocess: List the basic steps necessary to perform the job from start to finish. 2. Identifu every existing or potential hazard associated with each job step.

l.

3,

Develop recommendations for ways to eliminate, or control each hazard.

JHA forms can differ from company to company. The form should be completed one column at a time. In other words, all of the basic job steps should be listed before moving to the second column. Then, all of the existing and potential hazards for each job should be identified before listing any recommended solutions in the third column. Concentrating on one column at a time helps ensure that the information in each column is accurate and complete.

It's 1.

best to complete JHA forms one column at a time.

Identifying Basic Job Steps

a good practice to begin a JHA with a general discussion of how the job is performed and a review of any related hazards. Once the team has a general familiarity with the operation, they are ready to begin identifying the basic job steps. The most effective way for the JHA team to do this is to ulatch carefully as aR operator perflorrns the entire job at least once..Then, as the operatorperforms the job again, the individual steps are noticed in the JHA form using simple action phrases that are short and to thg point: "Compress boxes" or "Remove tied bale from baler", for example. The job steps should always be numbered

It is always

to indicate the order in which they are performe Two ofthe most common errors made during this stage of JHA are:

-

Describing the job in too much detail; or, Describing the job in too little detail.

Supervisors or team leaders can often avoid these errors by listing as steps only those tasks that would be described to someone being trained to perform the job..

The purpose of the II{A is to identify hazards associated with a job and to make recotnmendations for ways to eliminate or control those hazards. Describing job steps in of what they are supposed to accomplish provides maximum opportunity to explore alternative ways of performing the job in a safer, healthier manner. In preparing for a JHd actions that are necessary to accomplish a specific purpose into more global job steps should be combined. This will keep the JHA form from being unnecessarily long and complicated, yet it still provides an adequate description of the complete job. lqB

2. Determining

Existing and Potential Hazards

Beginning with the first job step, the$needs to identify all of the existing or potential actions or conditions that could lead to an injury or illness, or harm to the environment. Each step must be carefully examined for any hazardous behaviors or conditions that might reasonably occur during the normal performance of that step.

To avoid confusion, each hazard should be labeled in a way that corresponds to the related job step. Explanations of hazards should be short phrases, which describe both the agent causing the hazard and the potential result. If there are no hazard, associated with a particular job step, it is important to write the word "none" in the middle column, and to number it to make it clear that the step has been examined for possible hazards. Since job steps are often a series of related actions and movement, it is sometimes diffrcult to examined thoroughly is to consider four focuses.

.

The The The The

physical actions required for that specific step materials used equipment used conditions under the step is normally performed

Physical Actions Many jobs require the operator to perform specific physical activity that, ildone incorrectly can result in an injury or illness.

For example, when heavy obiects must be lifted or moved by hand, the potential for back injury or muscle strain always exists. Or, if the action must be performed repeatedly, employees can suffer fatigue or physical stress that increases chance of an accident. Other jobsthat present the possibility of injury or illiess include those that require the operator to work in ah awkward or unstable body positions or to use exssive force.

r

Materials Whenever hazardous chemicals or other dangerous substances are involved in a job step, there is always the possibility of injury, illness, or environment harm. The job step should be careftilly examined to determine if there is any way in which employees might be exposed to the material; if a fire or explosion could occur; or if the material could be released into the environment.

Equipment

-

Sometimes the equipment used during job step can expose employees to mechanical hazards such as nip-points, shear points, or other hazards associated with unguarded moving parts. Each job step should be examined for ways employees might possibly be

caught in, on or by any part of the equipment, and to see if any electrical or other energy source or hazards are present that pose a risk

rqe

.

Conditions The team also needs to consider whether there are any environmental conditions that could threaten an employee's health and safety. These could include poor housekeeping, too much or too little light; hazardous noise levels; exposure to temperature extremes; and adverse weather.

"What iP'Questions

In addition to identifying those hazards that are possible when the job is performed in the normal manner, or under normal working conditions, some teams carry the process of identifying hazards a step further by asking some "what if' questions. "What if' questions allow the team to anticipate hazardous situations that might occur if nonnal operating conditions were suddenly change or if a job step were performed incorrectly or out of sequence. For example, these questions can be considered:

-

-

if the operator tried to save time by skipping a job step or bying a safety device? What if the wrong size or type material is used? What if the power supply is interrupted? What could happen

common problem encountered when asking "what if' questions is deciding when to stop considering possibilities. The key is to keep the discussion focused only on possibilities that the team considers most likely. Consulting previous JHA and accident investigation'reports and talking with experienced operators will usually be enough to keep the "what if' questioning from beccming unrealistic.

A

Keep in mind that the purpose of the IHA is to identifu all of the possible hazards. Each job step must be thoroughly examined until all of the team are satisfied that the list of hazards is complete.

3. Recommending Corrective Measures

The third and final phase of the JHA process involves recommending ways lo eliminate or control the hazards assbciated with each of the job steps.

r r

.

Recommendations should be developed at the job site whenever possible. It is always best to work through possible solutions at the job site. This allows the JHA team to check the feasibility of changes as they are proposed, in order to avoid making recommendations that won't work or that may interfere with other jobs. Recommendations should be developed in sequence, beginning with the first hazard. The team should begin with the first job step and work their way down the list until recommendations have been made for each of the hazards listed in the form. Dealing with the hazards in seq-uence allows the team to study what effects their recommendations might have on subsequent steps. As many solutions as possible should be listed. Frequently, a JHA team will be able to suggest several different ways to eliminate or control a particular hazard.lt is essential that all of the precautions or corrective measures be listed even those that may already be in place. Since JHAs ofter: serve as the basis for developing standard operating procedures, or are used to delivel',:aining, all of the precautions necessary to perform the job safely need to be included.

Irn

The most effective recommendations are those that eliminate hazards altogether. Many times, howeveq that is not immediately possible and temporary measures must be recommended until a more, permanent solution can be implemented. For example, it may be neceSsary to recommend the temporary use of respirators until an adequate ventilation system can be installed. In most cases, effective recommendations for corrective measures can be developed by considering the same four factors used to identifo hazards:

.

The The The The

physical actions necessary to perform thejob materials used equipment used conditions under which the job is performed

Physical Actions

If the physical actions associated with a particular job step pose risk to the employee, it may be possible to eliminate the risks by modifying, rearranging, or combining actions. It is also good practice to always list personal protective equipment (PPE) that may be used to control the employee's exposure to the hazards associated with a particular physical action even when recommendations for eliminating the hazards have been proposed.

.

Materials

If materials associated with a job present hazard, it may be possible to substitute a less hazardous rnaterial. If substitution is not possible, it may be necessary to recommend ways to control the employee's exposure to that material by suggesting the use of PPE or the installation of protective devices such as splashguards or shields.

r

Equipment

When equipment hazards .*irt, ...ommendations for corrective measures can include the installation of machine guards, automatic safeguard devices, or perhaps even thE replacement of a particular piece of-equipment. Once again, recommending the use of PPE should also be considered.

.

Work Area Conditions

Recommended corrective measures for changing conditions in a work area could include suoh things as: improved housekeeping procedures; installation of additional lighting, ventilation, or noise reduction systems; the use of PPE; or the relocation or redesign of the work area.

Using the Job Hazard Analysis The information provided by a thorough job analysis can be used as the basis for;

-

Developing or updating standard operating procedure Training employees Observing employee performance Conductinginspections Investigatingaccidents

lqt

.

Developing or Updating Standard Operating Procedures

The results of a JHA provide an excellent foundation for creating or improving the standards operating procedures for a job. Each of the steps necessary to perform the job is listed and all the hazards and control measures associated with the job are identified. Supervisors can use this information to develop written procedures for performing the job in the safest and healthiest way possible.

.

Training Employees

Completed JHAs are especially useful when training employees. The JHA can be use as a stepby-step guide for ensuring, that each step is performed safely and efficiently, and to point one particular job steps or hazards that require special precautions. JHAs can also be used to provide refresher training on jobs that are performed infiequently, to ensure that employees are aware of any hazards that may be present and know how to protect themselves from those hazards.

I

Conductinglnspections

JHAs can also be used as guides during employee performance observations. A JHA allows supervisotfto focus on especially hazardous steps to ensure that the employee is performing those steps according to standard procedure.

.

InvestigatingAccidents

In the event of an accident, a JHA can provide a valuable investigating tool. Comparing the procedures which led up o the accident with those outlined in the JHA will allow the supervisor to determine if the job was being performed incorrectly, or if a hazard was overlooked in the initial analysis.

Summary

'

-

if performed incorrectly, can cause injury, iltnlss, or harm to the environment. Others require employees to work with or around hazardous materials or to work under hazardous conditions. Supervisors and team leaders need a reliable and accurate method of identi$ing and eliminating or controlling those razards. One of the mos'i effective tools available to help supervisors protect the health and safety of their employees is a job hazard analysis for JHA. JHA involve stepsr which,

Including job hazard analysis as part of your overall health and safety management approach is one of the most effective steps you can make toward preventing aceidents and illnesses in your department. Performing ,lHAs on all of the jobs you supervise, keeping them up to date, aRd using them to their fullest advantage allows you to anticipate and eliminate or control anything that might lead to injury, illness, or environmental harm.

t

To perform an accurate and complete JHA, you need to: . Select the job to be analyzed; and, ' Assemble a team of knowledgeable and experienced personnel to conduct the JHA

Irl?

TherU the team as a whole needs to: observe the job as it is performed to break

' ' '

it down into basic steps; lvlr;lyze each step to determine what, if any, hazards could possibly occur; and, Develop reoommendations for eliminating controlling the hazards associated with each step.

When you make JHA a regular part of your management system, you accomplish several important things. In addition to preventing accidents, illnesses, and environmental harm, JHAs prwide an opportunity to reinforce positive employee attitudes. The more employees are involved in a process that concerns their own, health and safety, the more tikely-they are to regard health and safety as an important issue.

I50

1012212009

I ntroduction . We are a service company! . Our priority objectives are: Safety,quality and service. . Doing things right the first time! r Zeto defect! . Safety'is everybqdy's commitment!

NE\TI( \\ OI{K 0N ELE('TRI('-\L ('rR('l rn s t'l t.\T ST\NI)IN(] ()N sTI,:lil, ()l(

\l{ll llNIlR(lIZlil) \\lILST tN r

I

()('N-(lllT'ttlFl IINIT Blll'()Rli \'()lh\\(lRli ()N

il'

\\ \'t,!.tt

rsll \ l)l(\ lto \l(l) ()t< \ t{r rll$|,:tr

Nt

\'t' \\

l'lII

il1,:N

l'\(;S ()N

s\\l'l('lll,)S'lII \l ( )t

\l(1,:

l,()('l\l,'l)

1.,

t()sslltLf,

\\ lIliN ('I.[.\NIN(;. (,tl,tN(; ()R (;trll.\stN(; )\f N(: I',\ ll1 S, lll{ Sl rRll Tl } R},:Nl)llt{ l'l l,\'1. l'.\l{ i l\-r rl'l,.li.\, t, u

l\ I(

lEnEENjl I

-

\OLT.TGES IN SOI\If, TI.TRTS OF TI{T: $TSTEI\I I tr(;HER TII.IN SII{O\\ N.

TAI

l}E

E\[:R('TSE ('.\ITTION \\IIEN \\oRITIN(J 0N ('()NrTl{()l,l.ERS; ENSITRE'l'll \T \\ ll{lN(; lS lx)NF

('(ll
Nla UI'

r.ocxour

ron

I smErv arroRe

|

vou

srmr

I I I

IF''I'OTI NNIST tT$8.\ BRII)GE, t\I-\Kf $I.IRE fI' IS E-\SILT REI\ IO\.\IILE. PRoPEI{LT I L\D E .\NI) O F',\ ('( )NSI'I('I(1 t rS (',( ) 1.,( ) tR .\NI) LnN(iTl I

til':l\t( )\ t,' t't \\

IiliN trlNtst il,:l)

tsl

1012212009

TRL{T .TLL ('IR('IIITS .{S THOI.I(IH THET \\ fRE Ln'E ITNTIL IOIP\T ('IIE('I\ED THEI\I

TH(,ROtIGHI). ITSE I'ROPER TESTERS

l ISt: I

)NI-\ (i

R(

lt rNl)lill)'l'( )(rl-S,

tl(;

I

ITS

.\Nl)

EYI'fNSION ('()Rt)S. ('TR('I IIT IN'I'ERRI II'T ER lS Nl \Nl)\T()I
ISIN(i

ENST

\

(

;R()T INI) F'-\I

TI

I

rs.

I't. \'l'lts

\\ rIEN I ()r.r'l(tJ FlNtsil[t) \\(;itlilN(.i oN ('IIr('11'l'ri

RI TIL{T tr\'I'ENIJIoN ('ORI)S -\RE R0LLTII) TIP

ON -.\N F]\'TENSIoN R()t,I,

NEIER ()I'EN IIOIST\\.\I' l)(x)It lNII'lRl (x'Ks \\ rrll \ s('ll.l,:\\ l)l{l \ l:t{, ('(, \'l' I 1-\ N(: lllt 0l{ . r'l I I l,:1( l\l \ N li:. sll Il-T 'l'( )( ) t., ITSE

.\l-1. \ ()1;t'.\(:!:s -\RL' l).rN(;[:R()I

,\tI\.\\ s REt't-\('ti ('()\'uI{

ONLI' THE PROI'ER INTERLOCIi RELE-\SE KE\-

()N',l'oP ()l'('-,l.R \\I1TI-E ON TOt' ()}' THE sT_\t _\l.ER]'

('\R

t52

t0/2212009

PRO\]DE.TDEQII.ITE I-I(|IITING SEE

\\II{T

SO TII{T TOTT C.\N TOI.TRE IX)IN(;.\ND \\IIERE IOTI'RE

IX)N'T LE-\\'E RI.IBBISH ()N T()P 0I'IIT'T ('\RS. RENTO\'E.\LL FOREII}N 0R L()0SE -\RTI('LEI!j FI{OI\I TI{E ('.\R T()I'.

) -$.L I,t

i

;

('LE.\N [rI'.\N\'0lI- OR (]RL\S!. 't() _$ 0[) sL['I'tNG ()N IT_

\\IIllN TtL\\'ltI_LIN(; trt" rn EY!'R_\ ('.\RFt11rt. .\NI) \\.\T'('ll ()\'nl{llll \t) ('1,1,: \R,\N('Iili TEST TIL\T TI{E ('.TR T0I' "ST0I, S\\ IT('H'' ()t,l:R.\l us ('()RR[:('Tt.\ \\HEN ]'I{.\\-}:l.t tN(: tN

^flt

t'llf, IX)\r N\\..tRI) t)]I{E('TtON r}nFotrE ('ot\fl\ lf,N('IN(.J \\ ORK.

rs3

1012212009

Tx)NOT ('U]\TB [TI, (;I TI)ES (,R RoI'ES

I,OSITION ToTTR BODI SO

.\ti To BE (.LE.\R I)F.\LL

N

)$T\\.tl'

t,Ro.l [('TloNs NE\TR I-E.TN OIIT ()\'EIT THE IIIDE!i \\ItrLE THE ('.\R I.I

I tt

s

TII.{t TIIE ('.\I{

(\)RRli('f

\FIiTI

H \trNESSt:S

\\III:N \\(}RI\lNG .\T.\

TOI'.\NI) SIT{F'T IS ('LE.{N

TIEI(;IIT.

.TT.TLLTII\IES!

\\HBN LE.\\IN(i TIIE ('.\R

.\Ll\.tr$ ( )t',EN rR n 'l trRNllN(I ()['l (' \t{ t()t, T()1.,

II(

ll1'

l,l{() l'lt('TI\-E ('I_()THIN(; ,\T .\Lt. Tlr\ll:S lN('Ltrl)lN(i

l\lo\rN(l ENSITRE

I.\ N E StIRf TI L\T \ ()IT

\\ li \R'l'l

)lST\\.\\ DOOR| tit:!'(

\\(rl
IrN(;lI\ltl)l, l) Nl \('lll\lil{\

(T)NTR()L

lI'\ otr IX)N'T )-()tr Nt\\ Itll 1'-{Kl:N l'oR.rN ITNE\PECTf,D RII)E

l( )\-IN( ; liQl ril'l\t tiN'r slr('il.\s sil0.\\ l!s, G()\ t:taN()lts, R()l,lis,

s't'_\1' lt.tat
N

t)Rt\'E RIItTS E',t('

Ilf \ 0I I Rlii\l( )\'li -\ (;I r.\ltl) llli $il rltl:'l ( ) l{l,ll'1. \('li I (;l | \lu) L\-lN(; _-\R( )l1Nl) (' \N.\t.S( ) (' \t rsli.\

ll'

Io('l\1lllr l(tr()1\l l() l\l, lil'olIl l',\ \l, | il()tilztft) t'lfl{s()NNt l

lsfl

1012212009

\\].L{T.\RE TIII! D.\N(;ERS IN -\ ]\IoTOR R(X)J\I'] l-.\LLn-.l.l(tl (;ENEIL{LL\ l)l IIi I

I'llE l\l \('IrlNE lrL\ll IS.lt ()\

'I() tt:lli It\("I TII \]' IIll,: l'1.()()ll I-E\ l:L

E

F.{LLS F'TIOAI .\ HI:I( ;TIT ELE('TRO('ITTION TIO\-ING IL\('HTNERT

r

Il()\lN(; ll \('lllNlll(t n T() BE ('.\trctfr Rl'-\

RtTNNIN(i I\t-\('HINE

rRt l:ti 1 ( ) \ ()r sIrI'Fllt\-ls( )l(. ''

t{}:tuliT tl-l. lN.ll

tS

ONE ()F TIIE \\ oRST .\('('IDENTS. IT .l.LNI()ST

-rl\l.tr$ rRol)tr('Ils

Ft{\('TTrREs _\M)

T()t).I\

-lNtr'trT-\TtoNs.

ryi

!

TI IE SITT'IIR\ISOTT T() IN\-EIITIG.\1'tI Tl tIi _\('('ll )tiNT,\NI) ('( )N n'l.I{rE'l t lli

.\('('II)EN]' tNVIiS',l'l(;.\'iloN (\NNll\lrl(1,:

tf( )t{l\ I

1)

c NOTT: THE

ACCTDENT FORMS ANY A(:CTT)F]N| \AIITIIRII'II

TII T,III{SON Itl i(' I ilV I i l.J M I if rl(' ,\l .'l'l.tl aar' l'lkll i \J'l' lul I Irl.l' []E PRoPERI-Y INVES'I'I( iA't'ED RY 'TFIE

LO('.\TION oF.\LL EQTIII'ilIENT IN T]IE I'IT T0I I'RE EN'I'ERIN(,J

IrE,\\\-\RR ()F EQlr['l\lEN'r tN \I).r.\('ENI t'ITS \\ t:t.t.

.-\.\

SI]PERVISOR

. TIIE ACCtr)E]'IT MIIST IjE I{IIURTEI) T( ) THE \A()RKMEN' S COMT'ENSATION C( )MlvflSSI(.)NER ( )N THE I'RESCIUIIEI) F()Rl\,ts.

t}t'

t012212009

lf\Nl.l-.\l- To(ll.s NE\'ER LE.{\'E TOOLS OR EQI IITNIENT \\HERE SoI\TE()NE I\TI(:HT TITIT

Tl{E \f \IN C'-{rrSES ()F.-\('('ll)ENrS T0( II,S.\RE'TlIE IISII 0F llR()NEN'l ( )( )l.s IN.\ItllQLr--\TE 'll )( rls

\I-\NI1\L

:

IN('(,ttIrE("r

I

rSE ( )F T( )( )LS

NL\t[r.\L T()Ol.S Fl)-

T-\NE ('-\RE TI!,\T Flt.[S .lItE I\EI'T ('LE-IN, N( )T TIIE\' I)O NOT RI TI] .\G.\INST

\\I{EN('t' oo ',',n,r-t' n B( ) I;l'. PERI'E('TLr -\D.TUSTED T( ) ]'tl I'RoI,EtU-l INS|l-.11'nl) \\ llEN l ',slit) ( )N

THE St"\N OF'ttIE

(,;RN.\SED. .\NI) TII.\T

E-\('II OTHER. RI:NIENIBER TI IE

F'(

!:LE('TI{l('.\L [Ql III',NIIjN I 1'() T'ULL IS S-TT'T]R TI{,\N T() T'IISII R-\'l't Mt{ I Is1r''l lIIl ('( )l{RIi( "l S17.ll lil' \ NN },:l{'l l l.\N

ILI {)\\ IN(J:

\ FtLIi \\lTlt()rr1 \ il \NI)l.l] Is N(''l' s\lrlil \1,'ll

li

IS

N()'l'-\

1l

I|l) ,\NI) -\I),il.]ST-\ nt.8 \\ RliN('tluli

\N \t).ilrs't'\til ti \\tutN('ll

\l\lNll:R ()R \ ('lllSlil.

INSERT THE FTLE PROT'ERLT INTO THE

}L{M)fE

A ffii

,t1 \,

I\L\NtrrLTOOl,S I I_\I ll\ I lll{s

l\I--\Ntr.\L 1'()OLS

I('Rli\\ I)Ill1-l'll(S trSE

TIlf, |S('RE\\D-rtl\'IIR 'ttf{'I

slzf ()['TI{E

F.ITS

TI{E Sl.O'l'-\NI)

I

I

\Nt)]-E t\IIrST

PT!

O}'SLOT

TIIE E{M)LE I\I TST BE ('LL{N -TNI) TTNBROI\EN tx ) N( )T llsE TrlE s('RE\\ I)RIIER .\S .\ LU|nR ( )I{ ('HISEL

I)O NOT HOLT) THE PIECE TII{T T(,)II.\RE 1\ ORI\Ir\(; \\ITH }'OITR II\M). I['IT SLII'S, TOU ('(]TILI)

GR.{ E INIITR\

BE

()

F',\\ ( X)I).

TO I'HE

S('RE\\

Ilsf, THD ('(iRtTE('T S('RE\\I)RI\-ER I'OR [--\('II T\

STTF 'ER T

'il I ti

.IHE

-\NI) \\ I!t-L .\I),{}'TEI)

II.\NI)

IL\M)LE l\fl IS'I BE ('I,E.\N .\NT) I TM\LNTII)

NE\'EI{

I

SE

.{ H {NII\IER \\

I'IH

ROI1(:I I III)(JIiS

tL\NDLE \\ ELL INSIRTEI) INTo TTIE E\I\[\IER IIE-TI) .\Nl) SE('TTRET) \\ITFI .,\ STEET, \\ I:IX.IE SI'\NTING IN RUL\TIoN T(J 1'IIIJ I'IE.\D -\.\IS TI.\NDLE LENGTH I\IITST BE .\I)EQIT.\'tE 'IO T}IE tl\l\I1\lER \\ El(,]H't N( ) 51'l:nt_

\\ tit.t)Et) H.\ NI)Ltis

\

I

_t

_r,\\ Et)

153

t0122t2009

I NE1TR

TTSE

r-t

n\TEN\n,,\

(r,l{rrs,

\\[rP.N IrSIN(; E_\TENS()N ('(]t{I)S

PLIERS T(I TI(JHTEN NITTS!

TIIE\".\ITE BEIN(] IISIII)

(lL{N(;ETHE INS'[ILtl'I()N lI''tHE\ -\R}] I]R()NIj:N ()R ('Rr('ItEr)

I

SlrRIl -tFI-\]' \F}]I,,I

Il-\liE S

IX) N()T Rl:N ('(.)Rl)S TtIR(,lr(;il \\.\1'ER .\NI) 0\'EI{ S}L\RI,EIXJES, RI)ITI'E I'ROI'ERLT \\HERE ts-\TENSI0N ('('RT) ('-\NNOT

D0 NOT

I

BE I).rNl,\(;Et) ISE THEI\I \\ ITFI( II IT THE I'R( I TER

IISE ON T THE ('ORI)S TIL\T

I'L[T(:!

TL$'[ TIIE .\I)EQI

LBN(;'l'II.\NI) 1,R(,t'ltl( l'l-l

1(

]..\TE

i

RE.IE('T ('ORI)S \\ ITII

DRILI,IN(;

I\

L\('HINES

DO NOT ITSE IIRILLS OFLTRGER DL$IETER I'ERJ\ITTTEI) Tr rRN

Ix)\\

N .\

lNSl rl, \'l

(:RlI{DlNc r\f\('HINf, I'IITN

S

THE MAIN DANGERS ARE THE ABRASN'E DI9l( THAT COULD EREAI( ANO TTIE RED.HOT PARTICLES TT PRODUCE5,

l.l. l\l \('l]INRS \\ tI 11()r q tx rr rllt,fi ( rl,l ( ;l(()l rNl) ('0NNl,:( "l l( )N

rT IS MANDATORY TO WEAR SAFETY GLASSES WHEN USING A GR,INDIHG MACHINE.

l(lN

TURN DOWN ALL MACHINES WITHOUT DOUBLE INSULAUON

IT IS lI-rND-{TORr T() 11 f-{R s_rFETr (.;L.\SSES F()r{ T'RILLIN(;!

OR GR,OUND €ONNECTIOTI USE

IT TO GRTND OR RECTIFY SURFACES,

NEVER

TO CUT

Rf,TIIRN I)EEE('TI\'E I\I-T('HINES - IX) N()T Ii\II'R()\'ISE UNOER NO CIRCUMSTANCES TA(E OFF THE PROTECTIVE

Itlit..\tRs

covER, LOOX AFTER UNUSED GRINDING DIS(S. GET RID OF

OLD/DAMAGED OISKSUSE CORRECT DIS(S FOR SPECIFIC APPLICATIONS

LI[TIN(} EOIIPI\IEM'

LIF-TING EOT.Itr\IENT

IN('LTIDES .TLL HOII|TING (:E.TR IISDI) TO }IOIIjT I\LlTERl-{Lsr $('-{FFOLDIN(;: F-\LsiE ('-rR$ ET('. INSI'ECT REGI LTRLT THE R\T('HET I'.{\1 LS TftTST \\ ORK (\)RRE('TL)'

THf

INCLI,IDES

Ir$ N(_rT

I',\\ llJTf,I) (U{

H\!t BRoKf,N \\ IRf

TISED TO HOIST

FFo LDIN(; : t'-\ LsE

THf, l{()()N

ITOI'E 1\T.TST I{.\\'E THE NE('ESS.\RI I,EN(-]I'II

THE R(,I'E

.ILL HO'STIN(: (:E.TR

I\[rTf RLrL$r Ii('.\

lt{s

('.\lts ET('.

-\ s-\f,'E'Ir t-.\T('H

INSI,E('T .\T LE.\TiT I\t(,N'TIILT .\NT) KNEI'REGISTEI{ S

.I'EST

E\-ERT THREE I\IONI'HTJ . }1.\\

-\\()D s.\M) (lR s.l\\ ()IISUR\'E s \li'll

t)t rtiT

f

('[RTMT('TTE

lNsll)I: I)E\l('tt

\\()]{KlN(i L() \I)

t5t

1012212009

T()P ()F

TOP Otr'C.\R

\\I{EN ITSING THB: TOI'()F'TITF] ('..\R.\S.\ \\0RKIN(; l,l-.-f I l'()Rl\ I

IT Is II ll,()R'!'.\NT',l'( )

K

t{

t]I,

l't

('

t.t,:_\ N

\\ llEN TIIIi SI'\('E nEl'\\ l,:F]N 1 ilti (', \t( \ND't'il]l l-\NI)lN(; \\.\1-l S ls Nl()RI,: 'I'll.\N.t0 ('Nl \(,1|Nllhil'

\\ E-\R

.\N INSI'E('TION IIO\, EIT}IER ]'I\EI) oR I,LtI(}(]EN IN, I\T IST BE I

-\\:\IL\BLE

I

(..\lt

--\

r--\t'ET\ IIUUI

l'lt.\'l'l a)trR si-.rl'E't'\ llIt:l' ts sE('t rRl:t, tN srr('lt-\ \\.\\' flL\T IFTHE ('-.\R ls _{('(',It)ENT--\t.1.}I'( rT IN'I'O Il(,Tl()N, IOtr \\ It.t_ N( )',t IilI'ilt\t't't)O tN ENSt rt(t:

I

I i

t I

tI

E

-\('('ESS

r

LrsE

TIIE ST.{IR('-\Sts \\ l'ttI-tI,.\M)R-\ll-s .\\ ( )ll) It \t)t I l.lT' \l{l,l \ s I rsti'il llt t,tr( )t,tiR l, \'t't I \\ ()ll) I rNl\N()\\ N \\ \\ s

\\ ()tJ) RtrNNtN(l ()lt.rtrltt'L\(; ()\ lIR s('.\t't'()t_l)lN(;. I'L\NKS, I'L\T l|oltr\ lS E'l (' 'l'.lNE (.1Rts.\'I' ('-\RI!- \\

rllI SLII'l'l:l(l

FI-()( )l{s

r I

1-

LIGHTING

.{L\\^{lS II.\\T THE \lORKING PL{('E.{ND IT'S

I

HOTISEKEET'ING

KEEI'-{LL.\RE.\S ('Lf.\N IN('LITDING THE

S'TORE

$TTRROUNDINGS .IS \\-ELL LIT .\$ POT|S'IBLE.

I I l5r

1012212009

B.TRRI('.{DING OF L\NI)ING

S

E.T('H ENTR{N('E I\TT'ST H.$'E A I{.{I.TT) R\IL GII.\RI) .{ND-\ TOEBO.\RD To I'Rf,\TNT F"\LLS. DO

1\f\IiE

S"IIRE

TI[\T .{LL

$TL-\TT

L{NI)INGS IX.)ORIi

l'()Ir sHoIrl-l) H.\\-E -rN-\RE-\ T() ST()RE I\trTERL\lI't{ot'ERLr -\\1)tr)lN(; D.\ilf\(JES -\Nl) RISNS ()F I\LTTERAL B,\I)LI ST.T('KEI) IS OFTEN TIIE ('-\TISE ('E

.\RE NEPT ('LOSND.\ND L('('NEI)

Ix) Tf\NE SITRE.TLL $IlTFt OI'[NIN(;S ARE NEI'T (.Lf.\N .{NI) NOTHIN(I ITi T)ROI'I'EI) I)O\\ N THE SII.\ F-T

til'-\('KIN(; -rNI) STOIT\Gf TO.\\'OTD \('('II)ENTS I'oI,L(,\\ TIIESE R]

II-ES

i\t \'t'nRt

\t

s

lx) N()'l's'l'()l{l lN ('r)Rl
THE ST-r('K I\ttrST lt\\'E .\ GOol) ri( )LII) R.\Sll I'TIT THf, LO.\I)S NE.{R THE (I )LI TI\INS T() ST-\('I\ r.il\L{LL l\I-\TERI-I LS. IrSE BO-\ES OR ('(rNT.\lr\Eltri T(l.\\1)II) TI{t]l\I [TtOl\I

s('-\IrF()Ll)lN(J _\ND tL.\'t'F()RI\ TTIE TLTTFORI\IS TNTST tsE

IS

Nf\DE OF I'TRoN(I

I\fTTERITL,.{('('0RI)IN(; TO THE LO-TD T}IET ll{\-E TO S'[IPP()RT. I'L\NI\S [L\\-E TO BE \1ELl.IOINED, \\ITH(-II.IT SEI'. R\TION BETIT EEN

THEI\I, DO

NOT.\LLO\\ I'C.\F['OLDS TO BE('OI\IE LO.IDEI' \\ITH

RTTBIITE

s('.\l'I'c) Lt)tN(: -\M) I,l,..\'t' I( )t{i\ ts t)( ) NOl' E( x )L-\Rr )l lNI)

0N s('_.\rl'( )LI)s ( )R ()I,liN

S}L\f"TS

IX) Nf\KE SITRE TTL\T THE S.\I'ETT (;f.\R IIi FITTEI) .\NI) ['tINCTI(,,N.TL ()N.\LL S\\ LN(; S('-{FF'()L[)S .\ND ('.\R SLING S BEEOR[ I i;-IN(i TI{EIt \S \\()RIt I'Lrl'['OR]\tS

l6q

1012212009

SITE rILES

]\L\KE SIIRE T}L\T

TOTT TL\\-E.T SITE X'ILE ON

SITE!

('( )I

sI 1()ES ES

U' LIi-l-E .\

Lt- I{E(Jls',l'tlts l'R(

)

l'lilrI)

!

GL(I\

HELI\IETS S.{I.ETT GL\SSES

II.\IIET\ BELTS

.\M, LE(;GIN(JS \\PLDING HOODS

Safety Principles f,'ollorr th{ lnstruttiolts -

ifr

ou do

Safetv Principles r'I':rlit cirt t of rrotrnds horrrvtr srrrrll - r.q,1""t lirsr ri.t . llre, urljrrsl or re1 air loolsor,h iflnrr rrrrrtthorizetl! . I lse nroteclir-€ tqrtiptrrcli, rlse srtitahle clotltts anil

[r)l )iDol\ xsk

('orrrcl.rr

Jmint .rul inxecIrr condltions [IelD lo nfesen'e ortlrr rnd cle:rnliness

keep thctn in good conrliti,rn . l)o not Jrhl practicrljokes, R(.sltecl otltrr

Slt'!:1'\-lS.\ll()In'\'Otr ... .. .. ANI) s \l'E't'\'ls IIFI{n'il) sT\\ !

Safetv Princinles r \\ hen lifting r lorrd bend

1-ou knees.

.lsk for

people

help

l ith

hrarr lords

.

f)o hot corne lo rrork rlrunk or g€t drunk trhilst ilt rr

ork

. D0 rrot (ukc chlnces, rharrces r Keeprll ours:rfe(1 rntes

:tre llrilt r olt tr ill ltos(.

tDo

ACCIDENT INVESTIGATTON PART I

-

BACKGROUND INFORMATION

Objectives: Everyone would agree that the main reason for undertaking accident investigation is to prevent further accidents - at least those of sinrilar nature But invcstigations nray be undertaken. in practice, for a variety of reasons. They may be done because the larv requires it, to errsure compliance with legislation or to make a realistic assessment of the costs of the accident. Specific objectives based on the positive advantages to be gained from through investigation, need to be identified in each workplace. Procedures to meet those objectives can be determined. It is important that these crucial objectives are constantly communicated to workers and managers alike. All too often accident investigation has been perceived as thinly disguised efforts to "find the guilty party". Advantages and Objectives of a thorough Accident lnvestigation: o Raise awareness of potentialhazard in the workplace o .Serves as a review of the adequacy of existing controls o Identifies potential hazards o Recommends corrective action o Provide reference data for future investigations . Shows company's concern flor its employecs o Can be used for accurate cost analyses

Duty to Investigate Employers are ge'nerally obliged to investigate all types-ofraccidents much more the serious and fatal ones. Reporting seriou's iccidents areiequired-within 24 hours by resporriible companies. Usually the top officer of a company location is tasked to make the report and is answerable for the incident. By investigating an accident, the company will show to its employees its concern for their health and safety. Also, the departnrent of Labor and Ernployment requires such a report. In fact, representative of the Department immediately investigate disastrous accidents.

The scene of the accident should not be disturbed until the investigation is completed by the company' safety committee or by government representative if required. lnvestigation and report preparation should be done soon after the accident to obtain accurate inforrnation and prevcnt long stoppage of operation. The Accident Investigation Process

It is important, whett conducting and investigation to the objectives, which was previously discussed. In a systems approach, those objectives are based upon the need to identify any hazards or problems in anyway related to the accident, as well as the means of correcting them.

to everyone irr the workplace, particularly those involved with the accident and its investigation. lf there is the perception that the real objective of the investigation is to find the "guilty pdrty", investigators will find people less cooperative in These objectives should be clear

lbl

providing constructive information, or if the investigation seems to be designed to identify the important underlying problems and thus fail in its major objectives The approach taken here towards accident investigation is based on a logical three-step process. These steps are:

COLLECTION OF INFORMATION [Or, WHAT happened] ANALYSIS OF INFORMATION [Or, WHY it happened] IDENTIFICATION OF CORRECTIVE ACTI ON Each of these three steps is discussed below. Note that the emphasis throughout this process is on the identification of underlying problems and not trying to decide whether the accident was caused by an unsafe act or an unsafe condition.

Collection of inform ation The object ofthis step of the process is to find out in detail exactly what happened. It is a critical stage of the investigation. The scope and quality of the information obtained at this stage will have an important bearing on the effectiveness of the analysis in the second step For example, failure to uncover, at this stage the lact that the equipment involved in the accident was recently rairctl or ntoclificd irt sontc !vay. nray rcstrlt in lhilurc to ask, in st 2, why this had bccrr necessary.

When collecting information. The following point should be borne in rnind: o In cases of serious accideht, the accident scene must be sealed off and not disturbed until a government inspector has-given authorization. Even in less sorious accidents, instructions should be given to protect the stene until the company investigator has had the opporttrnity for an initial inspection. o Information must be obtained as quickly as possible after the accident before the accident scene is disturbed and while events are still fresh in people's minds. o [n some instances, the safety of the investigator or investigating team must be protected. Ensure that suitable protective equipment is available and any immediate hazards to health or safety are identif'red. o The investigator must that he/she is not looking, at this stage, simply at the cause of the injury. The aim must consider and obtain information about the u,hole accident situation.

Considering below is the type of information needed and then how to go about collecting it.

Required Information Obtain the needed information by asking the questions: WHO? WHAT? WHERE? WHEN? and HOW? that the analysis (Step2) will usually require that more detailed information be collected. The starting point is finding out the injury (or, where there was no injury, the type of injury which might have been caused by that type of accident in question).

lot

Information needed. . Type of injury (cut, burn, over-exertion, poisoning, amputation, fi'acture, etc.) . Injury agent (e.g. fan blade, grinding wheel, cutting knife, slippery step, solvent or whatever was directly responsible for the injury) o When the injury occurred (time of day, shift) o Medical treatment required (Was hospitalization required?'i:ias medical aid or first aid only required? Will time of work be involved?)

Next information is needed about the injured worker or workers (if any): e.g., the name of injured the worker, hiVher job title, department, location, length of time in present job, age, sex and length ofservice.

Build a picture, as complete as possible, of the accident situation. This includes information about: o Time, location (the time of day and location of the acoident) o Task (the task being undertaken at the time of the accident and whether it was a routine or non-routine task) o Witnesses (thenames and telephone numbers of any direct witnesses to the accident) o Emergency response (type and effect of response inclrrding first aid, resclle, machine shut-down, spill clean-up, etc.) o Material, machinery and equipment (involved in any way with the ai0ident - this includes information about condition, guards, etc ) o Environment (whether conditions (if relevant). heating, lighting, presence of dust, fumes, ventilation) o Organization (safety rules, procedures, maintenance, schedules, supervision, communications) o Personal factors (about the worker involved in tlre accident and his/her situation) An accident investigation form can be devised and i,vill serve as a checkist of the items you need to look at. though that all checklists have certain limitation3 and may not be include some items, which are particularly relevant in your particular workplace. Ways And Means of Obtaining Information:

'

Information may be obtained in various ways. These include:

o o ' o o

Physical inspection of the accident

[nterviewing witnesses (people, both workers and managers, who were direct witnesses to the accident, should be interviewed. tn addition, it may be necessary to interview others-.who may not have been direct witnesses but who have been important knowledge about the tash equipment, machinery or about previous similar accidents or incidents.) Consulting technical sources (these include technical books, company procedures, manufacturers, safety experts, etc.) Reviewing relevant records (these may include reports of previous similar accidents, t health and safety comm ittee min utes/recomm endati on. )

Physical inspection of the accident scene should be undertaken as quickly as possible after the accident. When nothing information at the accident site, it is imporlant to be as

tbl

comprehensive as possible. The accident site will note remain undisturbed forever and direct evidence not collected initially may be lost. that there may be evidences at the site, which does not ihitially appear to be relevant, but which may become important once the task of analysis begins. For example, finding a tool in poor condition, which is not direaly involved in the injury, may nevertheless prove to be an indication of recurring problems with maintenance - one or more of which may be linked to the accident. Take detailed notes about the condition of any machinery or equipment at the site and about any environmental conditions (e.g. working surfaces, lighting, and noise). Examine in detail the actual work, which was in progress at the same time of the accident. Was there a quality problem or did the work involve rework? Note too the work positions involved and the location of controls. Take a camera to the site and photograph all relevant conditions and equipment from various angles. In many circumstances it will necessary to draw a floor plan of the location indicating the accident site and the relative position of machinery, equipment, controls and other information. Such a map should also indicate the position of the worker at the same time of the accideut in relation to the position of other workers and, where relevant, the work flow {iom point to point. Direct witnesses to the accident should be interviewed as soon as possible after the accident, wffie the details are still fresh in their minds. As well as those who were direct witnesses, it may be appropriate to identify and interview workers and/or managers who have special knowledge about the worker being done, the equipment used or who were in the vicinity at the same time of the accident. There is a distinct art to interviewing people - particularly those in the workplace after there has been a traumatic accident. Witnesses must be intervierved in a neutral and nonthreatening atmospherc. Peoplc cannot be forced to provide inlormation or be constructive, but an atmosphere can be created in which they will want to be helpful, Some of the important rules to be follow when interviewing are: Put the interviewee at ease by assuring him or'heithat the purpose is not attach blame but to prevent other accident. o Never interview two or more witnesses together. a If a witness tells something which appears to conflict with another's information, do not jump on this in a threatening fashion. It is the rule rather than the exception, fbr people have different perceptions of the same event. Never put words into the interviewee's mouth; this will only prejudice the information collected. Do more listening than talking. Aim, as a general rule to do no more than I0% of the talking - listening is far more productive. a Only use a tape recorder if the interviewee is not at all uneasy about it. a Do not ask for "sworn" or signed statements fror.r the witnesses - this is not preparation for a'court case.

Technical sources who may need to be consulted include both company and external sources. if the accident involved a faulty machine part, there may be a need to consult maintenance schedules or to the manufacturer. If toxic substances were involved, consult appropriate material safety data sheets and/or an industrial hygienist. ln addition, you may need to review job hazard analysis, written safety directions and other rules.

For example

lbrl

Analysis of Information Analysis of information collected by the investigators is one in order to determine underlying problems and effective corrective actions. The information collected initially represents statements of fact. Next, seek explanation so that solutions can be determined. Analysis simply involves asking the question "why?" repeatedly, until the root problem is uneovered, in oue accident investigation report. The following statement was made under the heading "Accident Causes". Injured worker suffered and eye injury because he was not wearing his safety glasses at the time of the accident.

While this statement is undoubtedly a true statement of fact, how does it help determine what to do to prevent another accident? The investigator needs to know why he injured worker was not wearing glasses. [f it turns out that was not wearing them because he was doing a rush job, the next questions might be: "Why was this a rush job?" and "why did supervisor allow the worker to carry out the task without glasses?" But renrember that accidents are seldom, If ever, the result of a single cagse and there is need, therefore, to pursue dif}'erent lines clf inquiry.

It is not urrusual, following publication of a public enquiry into a rnajor disaster, to see the media headline the news item "Human error blarned for airline crash?" Of course there lvas human error involved, but the fact of knowing this does little to help prevent future accidents (unless of course we can find a way to prevent people from ever making an error under any circumstances). What we need to know is why the error, or errors, was made and how we can modify the task, equipment or system to reduce the risk of error or to minimize the eff'ects of error. Generally, one must pontinue to ask "Why" until the point is reached where control is beyond the scope of the workplace of adverse weather conditions. It is now poi4tless to ask why the weather conditions were adverse, since technology has so far failed to provide us with the means to control the weather. Instead one might concentrate on considering what work modifications or task procedures should be in place where adverse weather conditions may make work partictrlarly hazardous. Another example is when the investigator finds out that the injured worker had a serious argument with his or her spouse before he/she came to work that morning. It would really be silly to ask why he or she had this argument. lt rvould be equally futile to spend time considering how the company could see it that u,orkers. never had spousal disagreements.

Determin ing Corrective Actiorr

No matter how thoroughly the investigation is undertaken, it will be largely a waste of time and energy if the problems identified are not corrected. Deciding how to resolve the problems identified through the investigation deserves lose attentior;. Recommended corrective action should be aimed at the underlying problem and not just the symptorns. "Tell worker to be more attentive to hazards", will not achieve much in a situation where neither the worker concerned nor the supervisor in charge was aware of the hazard in the first place. The following points should be taken into in determining corrective actions:

Ir5

. A part of the Accident Investigation o o

o .

Form requires the investigator to list every problem identified in any section. [n other words, the approach suggested here is to address every problem identified, whether or not the investigator feels it was a direct cause of the accident in question. Be as specific aspossible aboutthe recommendation made. Instead of saying "Train worker", it would be better to say, "Supervisor to provide worker with 2 hours instruction on the safe use of grinding wheels, safety department to provide training materials". As a general rule, it is usually counter-productive to recommend discipline as part of the investigator's recommendations. While discipline clearly has a role to play in health and safety programs, recommending its use in investigations tends to .send a message that investigations are designed to "find the culprit". This means that it will be more difficult to get people to be forthcoming with information the next time an investigation must be done. Recommendations fore corrective action should be realistic. Some solutions may have to be considered long term because of the cost and complexity involved. Where there is the case, recommend a short-term solution as well. Recommendations will be more likely tcl be realistic if the appropriate, people/departments are consulted before they are finalized. Finally. accident investigation results, and the recomnrendations nrade nrust be reviewed by those with the authority to implement corrective action.

PART II _ ACCIDENT ANALYSIS THE TASK 1. Was an incorrect job procedure used? 2. Was there a failure to follow the established safe procedure? 3. Was a proper job procedure unavailable? 4. Were housekeeping procedures a.contributing factor? 5. Were any job procedures used unsafe in the circumstances? 6. Was an ineorrect tool(s) used? 7. Was the task unauthoized? 8. Was protective equipment lacking or bad condition?

:

MATERIALS/EQUIPMENT

1.

Was equipment/material failure a factor?

2. Was any equipment used in poor condition? 3. Was any material used sub-standard? 4. Was any equipment unguarded? 5. Were there any problems relating to power sources? 6. Were lockout procedures followed? 7. Was the use of equipment authorized? ENVIRONMENT

l.

Were weather conditions a contributing

factor?

2. Were working surfaces slippery, dusty, or untidy? 3. Were toxic gases, dusts, fumes present? 4. Was glare a problem? 5. Was workplace inadequate tbr the task? 6. Was this a working alone solution?

".'

l6t

PERSONAL Was the worker inexperienced? 2. Does the worker understand the task? 3. Was the worker in good physical condition? 4. Were alcohol or drugs a possible contributing factor? 5. Was the worker under stressed work wise or personal? .6. Did the worker follow the correct working procedure?

l.

;

''

ORGANIZATION l. Was lack of adequate safety rules a contributing factor? 2. Was supervision for the job in any way inadequate? 3. Was lack of regular safety inspection a possible contributing factor? 4. Was inadequate maintenance a possible contributing factor? 5. Was there any failure by supervisors to detect or correct known hazards? 6. Have there been any similar accidents in the last two years?

Itl

lfvou are ioside

an old slruciure, take the fasteg and salcst

rtay out! Do not rush to the

exit get out calmly in an orderly manner

Do not use elevators, use lhe stairs. Check yourseil and others for injuries. Unless you necd emergencv help:

Do not trse your teleohone to caii relaiives antt friends. Disaster prevenlion authoriligs may need the lines for emergency cornmuntcations. Do nol use yourcar and drive around areas o[ damage. Rescue and reiief operations need the roarJ fcr mobiiity.

Hdp reduce

[h

number of casualties from lhe earthquahe:

Don'l enter parliaily c.lamageiJ buildings strong afterchocks may cause these to collapse, Gather inforrnation and Cisaster preven[ron instructions from battery-operated radios Obey public safely

precautions.

I

dr,

Check your surroundings

Clean-ul chenrical spiils loxrc and flarnmable maienals to avold any charl of unr,yanted events Check lor fire and if any, have it

i t-r

il+'

controliec. Cher:k yorir yrater ar:d e!er;lrii:ai lines for defecrs lf anv darnage s s,.rspected lum lhe sysiem off in the llarr: vai,re or s',!iicn

For it;qitries nnC n\fr/rn:.:l!ot1. p/ea.se conlacl

l[you must eracrnte your residence, learr nmsage stating whcre -rou an going.

a

Take u,iih you your eanhq,Jai(e sr.lrvtval kit. rvhiun sno.rlo contain all necessary itenrs for yoilr protection arC comforl.

e o

-i,.i-4,

t'u

DSErsMoLocY

--.

Ihe key to cffective disaster prercntion is planning If -you are inside a structrrrally sound building, slay fiere!

Determine rvhether the site is atong an actve rault andror prone lo liquefaclion or landslide vrhich rnay cause damage io ycur house or buiiding,

"r\ ."J\

Be sure that proper slructural design and engineering practice ls folloned ,,vhen constructing a house or building. Evaruate the structural soundness of buildings and imDortant infrastruclures: strengthen cr retrofit if found necessary.

Prepare your place o[

wo*

and residence for the cvenl.

I ;

Protecl your bcdy from falling debris by cracing yourself in a dcorrvay,or by gett;ng trnde:'a sturdy desk or taole,

llyou ue outside, move to an open area. Get ar^iay frcm power lines, posis. walls and other structures that may fallor collapse.

d

Strap heavy furnitureicabrnets lo the tvaii to prevenl sliding or toppiing.

i Breakable items harnlul chemicals and flammable rnaterlals should be stored in lhe lowernpst shelves and secured firmly.

,'.

Stay avray fronr buildings v'rith glass panes.

l/ake it a habii to turn otf gas tanks rlhen not in use.

lamiliarize yoursclf rrilh your place o[ work and residence.

Whcn driring a rehicle. pull lo the

si& ofthe

elevator shafls. sturdy tables, where you can take refuge during an ealhquake

Learn to use fire extinguishers, first aid kits. alanns and emergency exits. These should be accessible convenrenilT lccaled. aid prorninently marked. lf you are on a mountain or near

,/

a steep hillslooe, nrove auiay

from sieep escarcrnenis that may be aflected by landsiides.

llost causes o[injuries during earthquahes are from hlliry,ohicts. Heavy materials should be kept in lolver slielves Check the stability of hanging objects urhrch may br,ear loose and fall dunng earthcuakes. Prepare and maintairi an eanhqrrake survival kit consisting of a battery po'lered radio, llashl$hl. first aid k,t. potable water. canoies. ready-tc'eat food, vrhistle and dust mask.

C

-a

mad and slop.

Do not attempt to cross brCqes or oyeres lvhich may have been damaged

ldertify reiatrvely rtrcnq pals ol the building iike door jainrs, riear

l[you ue along the $ore

and you

enough to nrale standhg difficult,

fed a very shong earthquake. stmng

il is always sa[e$ to asune lhal

a lsunarni (siant sea wayes) has been triggered. Run

the shore toward higher sround.

alay from

Workino Places. Ladders and Scaffoldino

WORKING PLACES, LADDERS, SCAFFOLDING WORKING PLACES, LADDERS AND SCAFFOLDING Every contractor and every employer of workmen has a legal and contractual responsibility to ensure that each place at which his men work is safe and that it remains safe so long as men work there. Similarly, each supervisor is responsible for ensuring that every man working under his direction or control has a safe working place and a safe means of getting to and li"om every working place. Where work cannot safely be done on the ground or from part of a building or perrnanent structure, scaffolds, ladden or other means of shall be provided and properly maintained.

INSTRUCTIONS AND STANDARDS Aramco Instructions General Instruction Manual

.Jrrstruction No. 1009.006. Instruction No. 6.020.

AES-I23 Schedule "D"

Scaffolding Wearing Work Life Vests

Lighting Utilization

-

Contractor's Loss Prevention Requirements

Partll-l,adders Part 12 - Scaffolding Part20 - Work Over Water American National

Standards

.

Uniform Building Code ANSI A10.8 - 1969. Safety Requirements for Scaffolding ANSI Al4.l - l%8. Safety Code for Portable Ladders ANSI A14.2 - 1956. Safety Code for Portable Metal Ladders ANSI ,{14.3 - 1956. Safety Code for Fixed Ladders ANSI A92.2. - 1969. Vehicle Mounted Elevating and Rotating Work Platforms National Safety Council Data Sheets t)ate Sheet 568. Job-Made Ladders

NFPA 70, National Electrical Code

l.

Working Places, General

l.l

Falls

Every working place shall be safe and of adequate dimensions. Where men, tools, or materials could fall 1.8 meters (6 feet) or more, guardrails and toeboards shall be provided. Should the provision of these safeguards be impracticable, other means of preventing falls, such as safety belts, nets, cradles, etc. shall be used.

rr0

Workino Places. Ladders and Scaffoldino t.2

Access and Egress

A safe means of getting to and from a working place shall be provided and used. Ladders shall conform to the requirements set out in 9.2

Lighting

1.3

Every working place and every means of getting to and from a working place shall be provided with adequate lighting which shall be properly maintained (see AES-P-I23). Prevention of Falls

1.4

Permanent decking, parts of a structure, walkways, footbridges, etc. which men use in the course of their work or for permanent or temporary access shall be provided with guardrails, handrails, intermediate quadrails and toeboards (permanent or temporary) at all edges from which men, tools, or materials could fall 1.8 meters (6 feet) or more. Holes and gaps shall be guarded or secttrely covered. Stairs (permanent or temporary) shall have all treads properly secured and shall be fitted with handrails throughout their length and conform to the Uniform Building Code. 1.5

Ramps

$firere the slope of a ramp exceeds I vertical to 4 horizontal, the ramp shall be fitted with stepping cleats at 0.3 meter (l foot) intervals. When a ramp is to be used by the general public its slope shall not exceed I vertical to 4 horizontal. Handrails shall be provided. 1.6

Falling Material Where there is danger of men being struck by falling material, protective coverings shall be erected or wire mesh shall be placed between the toeboard and midrail to prevent falling objects.

1.7

Hot Surfaces Suitable precautions.shall be taken to prevent men comihg into with

1.8

Slipping and Tripping

anyiot surface.

,..

Contractors are responsible for maintaining good housekeeping to prevenl slipping, fipping, and falling. Oil spills, mud, scrap and other debris must be cleared up irnmediately. Men shall not be permitted to walk or work on steel work or other surfaces on which paint or cement wash is still wet.

l.q

Roof Work Where work is done on or from the roof ola building or structure, or where men have to cross, work on, orwork from fragile roofsorsurfaces, adequate protection in the form of crawling boards. roof ladders, or other suitable covering must be provided to prevent men and materials falling fiotn or through the roof. 'l'emporary, wirc-rope guys shall be placed as guardrails to prevent workers from falling. If roof work is necessary during high winds, workers shall be equipped with safety belts that Are securely anchored to the structure.

l

r0

Insecure Structure lnstable or weak stmctures shall be ed by guys, stays, s, or other fixings where necessary. If work being done is likely to reduce the stability of an existing structure or building, bracing or other means of shall be used.

l7r

r.ll

Worl< Over Water

l.l

Where men work on, over, or near water, standard guardrails and toeboards, fencing, or other suitable barriers shall be provided for the protection of the worker.

l.ll.2

Wherever the provision of standard guardrails and toeboards, fencing or other suitable barriers if for any reason men zue outside the protection of these safeguards, suitable life vests shall be worn.

l.l

is impracticable, or

l.ll.3

Approved rescue equipment in the form of life rings with life lines, and, where necessary,

a

suitably equipped rescue boat shall be readily available and pr.rperly maintained. Men shall be thoroughly trained in the use of all protective and rescue eqfii:nent, first aid, and R. 2.

Ladders and Stepladders The safety of a ladder depends on four important factors: selection, condition, position and use. Ladders shall be comply with he referenced ANSI codes.

2.1

Selection

l.l

A ladder must be of the proper length for the job to be done. If it is to be used for access or as s working place, it shall rise to a height of at least 0.9 meter (3 feet) above the landing place or above the highest rung to be reached by the feet ofthe man using the lad$er.

2.1.2

Metal ladders, ladders with metal reinforced side rails and ladders which are wet shall not be used near electrical equipment with exposed live conductors. Such ladders shall have a waming

'2-

notice attached to guard against use near electrical e4uipment.

2.1.3

Aluminum ladders shall not be used where there is likelihood of with materials harmful to aluminum, such as caustic liquids, damp lime, wet cement, and sea water.

2.2

2.3

Condition

2.2.1

Each ladder shall be examined before use. Those with split or troken side rails, missing, broken, loose, decayed or damaged rungs or cleats, or with other faulty equipment shall be tigged and removed from service.

2.2.2

Rungs shall be properly mortised into side rails. Cleats shall be inset by one-half inch, or filler blocks used on the side rails between the cleats. Cleats shall be uniformly spaced 30.5 centimeters ( I foot) from top to top.

Position

2.3.1

Thc side rails of a ladder be equally cd on a firm lcvel surfacc. Boxes, blocks, barrels, etc. shall not be used as a means of . The area at the base of a ladder must be kept clear. Ladders strall not be used in a horizontal position as platforms, runways, or scaffolds.

2.3.?.

Ladders shall not be ed on their ruRgs or cleats. Rungs or cleats shatt not be used to scaffold planks.

2.3.3

Whenever possible, ladders shall be set an angle 75" (one out to four up). (Figure II.7).

2.3.4

Metal reinforcing shall be on the underside of the rungs and where reinforcing is only one side ofthe rails, that too shall be on the underside.

t72

Workino Places. Ladders and Scaffoldino

2.3.5

Both side rails of a ladder shall be evenly ed

a,t the upper resting place. Side rails must prevent movement. Where secure fixing is impracticable, other measures must be taken to prevent movement by securing at the base, using side guys, or stationing a man at the base. lt must be understood, however, that a man stationed at the base will be unable to control a ladder more than 6 meters (20 feet) in length.

be securely tied

offto

2.3.6

Where there is possibility of a ladder being struck by moving vehicles or equipment, a man should be placed on guard or a space at the base should be securely fenced off. If a ladder is erected close to a doorway, the door should either re locked shut or be secured in the open position with a man on guard or properly barricaded.

2.3.7

Ladder landing places shall be provided at least every 9 meters (30 feet) of height and shall be fitted with guardrails and toeboards. Holes in decking through which ladders shall only be enough to permit age of the man using the ladder.

2.3.8 A ladder

should always be placed so that there is space behind each rung or cleat for a proper foothold. There should be no obstruction in the way of a man's foot, particularly at the landing platform. Here the rung or cleat should be level with the platform.

2.3.9

r:r

Where ladders have to be suspended, both side rails shall be lashed top and bottom so as to provide equal . Where long ladders are used, they shall be lashed at the center to prevent lateral movement.

2.4

Use

2.4.1

Where an extension ladder is used fully extended, the minimum overlap of section shall be four rungs. Splicing or lashing ladders together shall not be permitted.

2.4.2

Single rung and single cleat ladders should be used by only one man at a time. When ascending or descending the should face the ladder. The width of single cleat ladders shall be at least 38.1 centimeters (15 inches) but not more than 5_0.8 (20 inches) between rails at the top.

2.4.3

Men ascending or descending ladders shall not carry tools and materiats in their hands. 'I'ools may be carried in pockets or on special belts provided there is no risk-of injury and movement is not impaired. Material shall be lowered securely tied or in a basket.

2.4.4

A man working on or from a ladder must always have a secured handhold and both feet on the same rung or cleat. If the work to be done requires the use of both hands, a safety belt is required. Only one penon shall be on a ladder at a time.

2.4.5

Job-made ladders shall be constructed for intended use. [f a ladder is to provide the only means of access or exit from a working area for 25 or more employees, or if simultaneous two-way traffic is expected, a double cleat ladder shall be installed.

Double cleat ladders shall not exceed 7.2 meters (24 feet) in length. Single cleat ladders shall not exceed 9 meters (30 feet) in lengh between s (base and top landing). Ifladders are to connect different landings, or ifthe length required exceeds this maximum length, two or more separate ladders shall be used, offset with a platform between each ladder. Guardrails and toeboards shall be erected on the exposed sides of the platforms

that side rails be continuous. If splicing is Recessary to attain the requited length, however the splice must develop the full strength of a continuous side rail of the same

It is preferable length.

t73

5.08 by 10.16 centimeter (2 by 4 inch) lumber shallbe used foL side rails of single cleat ladders up to 4.88 meters (16 feet) long; E.62 by 17.24 centimeters'(;r by 6 inch) lumber shall be used for single cleat ladders from 4.88 by 9.14 meters (16 to 30 feet) in length. 5.08 by 10.16 centimeter (2 by 4 inch) lumber shall be used for side and middle rails of double

cleat ladders up to 3.6 meters (12 feet) in length; 50.08 by 5.24 centimeters (2 by 6 inch) lumber for double cleat ladders from 3.6 by 7 .2 meters (12 to 24 feet) in length. Wood cleats shall have the following minimum dimensions when made of Group

woods:

LENGTH OF CLEAT

THICKNESS

WIDTH

Up to and including 50.8cm (20in)

l.9cm (.75in.)

7.62cm (3in.)

l.9cm (.75in.)

9.52cm (3.75in.)

Over 50.8cm (20in.) and up to including 76.20cm (30in.)

L)

I

Cleats may be made of species pf any other group of wood provided equal or greater shength is maintained. Cleats shall be inset into the edges of the side rails one-half inch, or filler blocks shall be used on the rails between the cleats. The cleats shall be secured to each rail with three

lOd common wire nails or other fasteners of equivalent strength. Cleats.shall be uniformly spaced, 30.48 centimeters ( I 2 inches) top-to-top. 2.5

Stepladders

Generally, the foregoing remarks on selection, condition, and use stepladders. The following requirements also supply:

2.5.1

of

ladders apply equally to

To ensure stability, stepladders shall be spread !o their fullest extent when in use. Whenever possible, they. should be placed right angles to the work with either the front or back facing the work.

2.6

General

2.6.1

Ladders and stepladders shall be maintained in good condition at all times. ts shall be tight,

all hardware and fittings shall be securely attached, and movable parts shall operate freely without binding or undue play.

2.6.2

Ladders and stepladders must not be painted.

2.6.3

Where a ladder is canied by one man, the front end shouid be kept high enough to clear men's heads and special care shall be taken at corners and blind spots.

1?9

SPIRRED

L.T\-DI\G

L{DDER SECIT,ED BY TL\-I\G TO SIDE RIILS

1.06

S.TTETY

CE{I\'

IIEIERS

(4r r\cIIES EIGE)

GT-TRDR{L

'I llna\ftlI 0.9 1IETERS

(s FEET)

lf.l"X I

24

,r/ CENTNIE

,/

/t'

,. l\_-h

I

lt tl

lfL\fltt lI 9

]IETERS

(30

FEED

l

I

L.{DDER OT

FIR\I

B^{SE

J

HEIGHT SCAFFOLD FIGURE II.7 TYPICAL LADDER ACCESS TO LOW

t75

Workinq Places, Ladders and Scaffoldinq

3.

Scaffolding Components

3.1

All scaffold structures shall be erected with approved metal components. Scaffolds shall be stored

to

prevent damage and to permit easy access for use.

3.2

Tubing Ordinary scaffold tubing is 4.8 centimeters (l-29132 inches) in diameter and is referred to as two inch meters (21 feet). Tubes must be free from cracks and surface flaws, lamination, excessive rust, and other defects. The ends shall be cut square and cleanly. A tube shall not deviate from a straight line by more than l/600 of its length rneasured at the

tubing.lt is mild steeland normally supplied in lengths of 6.4 center.

3.3

Aluminum Tubing

3.3.1

Although aluminum is dimensionally interchangeable with steel tubing, it must not be used in the same structure; the difference in the elastic constants of the two materials results in greater deflection in aluminum tubing for the same loading conditions.

3.4

3.3.2

Aluminum tubing shall not be used where there is likelihood of with materials harmful

!D

to aluminum such as caustic liquids, damp lime, wet cement, and sea water.

Fittings

All fittings (couplers, clamps, etc.) shall be of an approved metal type. They shall be examined regularly and care must be taken to ensure that moving parts are sound and well lubricated, and that threads are rrot stripped.

3.5

Typical Scaffold Fittings (Figures II.8 thru II.l6). B as e P

rate

ll*'?:'ll:H

!1

#:JlfJ,' i#':llHi3'il lL"i,i', llffi I'3Jllll

*"loo il,o,

fot use with sole plates.

iilli..

Adjustable Used for compensating variations in ground levels. Also used for strutting and shoring. Base Plato

Double Coupler

Also known as a Right Angle or 90" Coupler. A load bearing coupler used for connecting two tubes together at right .

Universal Coupler

Load bearing coupler used for connecting two tubes together at right angles or in parallel.

Putlog Coupler

A non load bearing coupler used for mixing two tubes at right angles, e.g. intermediate

Putlog Coupler

This coupler, while primarily designed for se.:uring putlogs to ledgers, can also be used as a bracing coupler.

angles.

,

intermediate putlogs or board bearers to ledgers.

S.C.B. Type

Swivel Coupler End to

end

Coupler

Used forconnecting two tubes together at any angle through 360o. Not to be used where a load bearing double coupler is required.

Also know

as a Sleeve Coupler. Used for connecting Couplet two tubes end to end.

l?C

t

Workinq Places, Ladders and Scaffoldinq

i

L

t Pin

Also known

Reveal Pin

Inserted into the end

as a Spigot. Used

for connecting two tr)bcs end to end.

of a tube and adjusted to form a rigid horizontal or

vertical

member between two opposing surfaces, lt forms a solid anchorage to which a scaffold can be tried. 3.6

Planks

3.6.1

Planks shall be of rough timber,5 centimeters (2 inches) thick by 23 centimeters (9 inches) wide, and shall conform to the following spccifications:

l.

On the face of the plank, the ends shall not be split up more than 30.5 centimeters without fixed banding or the end bolted through.

2-

On the face of the plank, not more than one third the width in any one place shall be knot wood.

3.

On the edge of the plank, not more than half the depth shall be knot wood.

4.

On the edge of the plank, the grain shall not cross from face to face within a distance less than 30.5 centimeters

5.

(l

(l

foot),

of

foot).

From end to end, the plank must not be twisted by more than 1.3 centimeters

(l/2 inch).

Planks shall not be pained or treated in any way that would conceal defects.

3.6.2

Planks which are split, decayed, or warped shall not be used, but the parts afflected rnay be cut produce shorter planks with the ends banded or bolted through.

3.6.3

offto 3.6.4

Planks should be staeked on a suitable foundation. Where the height planks, measures should be taken to tie or bond succeeding layers,

3.6.s

Planks Should not be stood on end unattenid.

3.6.6

-

of a stack exceeds 20

Scaffold planks shall not be used for shuttering for concrete, sioring for trenches, or as sole plates for scaffolding. Planks shall be inspected for defects, including decay, prior to each use.

I I

I

'4.

t

i-

Requirements Common to

4.1

All Scaffolding

Foundations

4.1.1

A sound base is essential; therefore, the ground or floor on which a scaffold is going to stand must be carefully examined. Sand or made-up ground may need consolidating to ensure there are no cavities, such bases as floors, roofs, etc. may need shoring from undemeath.

4.1.2

Timber sole plates at least 23 centimeters (9 inches) wide by 3.8 centimeters (l-l/2 inches) thick (not scaffold planks) will be required to spread the load on sand, made up ground, asphalt pavement, wooden floors, and slippery surfaces. A sole plate shall extend at least two

l L

I t

standards. t

4.1.3

Where scaffolding is erected on solid bearing such as rock or concrete, shall timber pads may be used in place of sole plates to prevent the base plates striking off.

4.1.4

Concrete blocks, barrels, and other loose construction or of scaffolding.

i

I

i I

I I

I I

or unsuitable material shall not be used for

the

tl1

Workinq Places. Ladders and Scaffoldino

4.1.5 If used to compensate

for variations in ground level, the adjustable base plate shall not be of the thread. The base plate shall be of a

adjusted to more than two'thirds of the total length type approved for ing scaffolding standards.

4.2

4.3

Standards

4.2.1

Standards shall be pitched on l5 centimeters (6 inches) by l5 centimeters (6 inches) steelbase plates. ts in standards should be staggered i.e., t in adjacent standards should not occur in the same lift. All standards shall be vertical.

4.2.2

The inner row of standards shall be placed as close as possible to the face of the building or structure. To avoid projections, the standards may be up to 38 centimeters (15 inches) away from the wall or structure as necessary, provided that, where there is room to do so, the gap between the wall or structure and the inner standard shall be approximately l0l centimeters (3 fee\ 4 inches) from the inner row to allow for four 23 centimeter (9 inch) planks between them.

Ledgers

4.3.1

i::, 4.3.2 4.4

Ledgers shall be securely fixed to standards 90o load bearing couplers and shall be horizontal. ts in ledgers should be staggered, i.e., ts in adjacent ledgers should not occur in the same day. Ledgers should be secured end to end by sleeve couplers and not by t pins. Ledgers shall be vertically spaced at 1.8 meters (6 feeQ to 2.1 meters (7 feet) to give adequate headroom along the platforms.

Transoms

Board bearers shall be secured to the ledgers between transoms where necessary These may be removed when no longer required to decking. 4.5

to decking.

Board, Bearers

Board bearers shail be secured to the ledgers between transoms where neeessary to decking. These may be removed when no longer required to decking. 4.6

Bracing

4-6.1

-

Ledger bracing at right angtes to the building br structure at alternate pairs of standards is full height of the scaffold. These braces should be fixed to the ledgers with 90' load bearing couplers as close to the standards as possible. Where such a fixing is impracticable, swivel couplers may be used to fix the braces to the standards. (Figure II.l7 and necessary for the

il.18).

4.6.2

Longitudinal bracing to the full height of the scaffold is necessary. This may extend diagonally across the face of a scaffold at an angle as close to 45" as possible, or it may be the "dog leg" type at each end of the scaffold. A maximum distance of 30.5 meters (100 feeQ allowed between each line of "dog leg" bracing. Only 90' load bearing couplers or swivcl couplers may be used. ts in braces shall be made with end to end or parallelcouplers. (Figures ll.l7, II.l8 and

4.6.3

II.l9).

Temporary rakers will normally be required to brace the scaffold against the ground when setting out. These rakers are replaced by permanent braces when the scaffold has been plumbed, levelled and tied.

t7I

4.7

Ties

4.7.1 It is essential that all scaffolds, with the exception of certain tower and mobile

scaffolds (see

9.7 and 9.8), be securely tied to the building or structure throughout their length and height to prevent movement of the scaffold either towards or away from the building or structure. This should be done by connecting a tie tube to both ledgers or standards and coupling this to a through tie or column box tie assembly. (Figures 11.20 and 11.21).

4.8

4.'7.2

Where the foregoing is impracticable, tubes may be securely wedged between opposing surfaces on the building or structure by the use of reveal pins and coupled to the tie tubes (Figure II.22). Where reveal ties are used, they shall not exceed 50% of the total number of ties. Two-way ties or column box ties shall be evenly distributed over the scaffold area. To ensure the security ofreveal ties, it is necessary to check frequently for tightness.

4.7.3

Ties shall occur at least every 4 meters (.l3 feet) vertically and 6 meters (20 feet) horizontally. All tie assembly connections shall be made with 90o ioad bearing couplers.

Decking 4

8.1 r:)

4.8.2

All

decking shall be close planked with, wherever practicable, each plank resting on at least three ers. Planks shall extend over their end s by not less than l5 centimeters (6 inches) and not more than 30.5 centimeters (12 inches)-

s for scaffold planks shall be spaced with due regard to the natur; of the platform and the load it will bear. s for 5 centimeters (2 inches) planks shall never be more than 3 meters (10 feet) apart.

4.8.3

Except on decking contiguous to the sqrface of a cylindrical or spherical structure, planks shall be laid flush.

4.8.4

Planks shall be secured in position to prevent displacement by high winds.

4.8.5

Adequate sp'ace for men to in safety shall be provided and maint4iied wherever materials are placed on decking or ifany higher platform is erected thereon.

4.8.6

Deiking shall be kept free of unnecessary obstructions, materials, and projecting nails.

4.8.7

Decking which has become slippery with oil or any other substance shall be sanded, cleaned, or otherwise treated as soon as possible.

4.8.8

Slopes in decking shall not exceed

I

vertical to 4 horizontai and stepping cleats at 0.3 meters

(l

foot) intervals shall be provided.

4.8.9 All decking shall be closed planked for the full width of the scaffold

structure and shall never

be less than three 23 centimeters (9 inch) planks in width.

t7q

Workinq Places. Ladders and Scaffoldinq

FIGT.RE IT.8 BASE PLATE

FIGTRE II.IO DOTBLE COIPLER

FIGI. RT II.9 ADJUSTABLI BASE PLATE

FIGI.'RE II.11 T'\I\-ERSAL COT PLER

TIGURE II.T2

Pf TLOG COT,PLER

FIGf RE II.1.I

E\D TO E\D COT-PLER TIGI. RE II.13 S\\:I\-EL C:Of PLER

FIGURE II.15 JOI}-T

PI\

TIGI.RE II.16 RE\-EAL PT\ 130

l= to

x

io ='

1' q) o o

ln o)

oo-

o U'

o,

f o-

o o 0)

o

d o ='

NOTES

I

SWAY ERNCING FIXED TO STANDAR,DS WITH SWIVEL COUPLERS, EXCEPT WITH BAND AND PLATE FITTINGS ARE USED, WHEN 11 IS FIXED TO TR,ANSONAS

?.

LEDGER. BR,ACING IS NOT SHOWN FOR, CLAR,ITY FIGUBE

€

II,17 SUI'AY BRACING

Workinq Places. Ladders and Scaffoldinq

I ll

wPE

(b)

FiCUEE;iI,U

TfFE(rloR'DOE LE6

TEDGEBBhACIII'C:

Itz

l= t4 l= to

to

Ir

lo)

lo l(D

La

llo lcL

lo-

lo la ta lor

lf,

lcL

la lo lqt

NOT E

LINES OF DOG-LEG BRACING SHALL BE NO MOR.E THAN IOO' APAR.T ALONG THE

FAC E OF THE SCAFFOLD FIGUBE

€

ut

II.19

SWAY BRACING (DOG LEG BRACING}

CHECK COUPLERS

WALL OR

SOLID STRUCTURE

IIE TUBES TO SCAFFOLO

NOTE] ALL COUPLEBS ARE LOADBEABING

FIGURE

II.2O

PLAN VIEW OF TWO.WAY TIE

CHECK COUPLEBS

TIE TUBES 1O SCAFFOLO

NOl E: ALL COUPLERS ARE LOADBEARING

FIGURE

II.21

PLAN VIEW OF COLUMN BOX TIE

FEVEAL PIN \

CHEC( COUPLERS

TIMFER PACKING TIE TUBE.S

FIGURE

II.22

IO SCAFFOLO

-

NOTE: ALL COUPLEFS ARE LOAOBEARING

PLAN VIEW OF REVEAL TIE

lg.l

4.9

Guardrails and Toeboards Guardrails and toeboards shall be fitted at edges of decking from which men or materials could fall a distance of more than 1.8 meters (6 feet). Guardrails shall be 106 centimeters (42 inches) in height. Toeboards shall not be less than 5 centimeters (6 inches) in height. Guardrails and toeboards shall be securely to fix the inside of standards to prevent outward movement. Guardrails shall be securely attached at 106 centimeters (42 inches) and 5l centimeters (20 inches) with 15 centimeters (6 inch) teoboards.

4.10

Access

Access to working platform is best achieved by providing a separate ladder tower or a cantilevered access platform so as not to obstruct the working platform and to minimize the risk of persons falling through the gap in the guardrail or decking. Access must be provided to working platforms.

4.1I

Workmanship

4.ll.l

Scaffolding shall be erected, altered, and dismantled by experienced men working under the direction of a competent supervisor.

A,11.2

Standards shall be set accurately in place and checked vertically by using a spirit level or by using horizontal lines on the building or structure.

4.11.3 Scaffolding couplers should be tightened with proper scaffolding

spanners. The use of an ordinary spanner or tool giving greater leverage is apt to damage the screw threads and render the coupler unserviceable.

4.11.4 Scaffolding

4.12

materials shall not be thrown or dropped from height.

Inspections

AII scaffolds shall-be inspected regularly and after wdbther that is likely to ha!,e affected stability. Main points to be check6d are as follows: BASE: Standards pitched on base plates and adequate timber sole plates. STANDARDS: Conectly aligned and not damaged or displaced. LEDGERS: No undue deflection. TIES AND BRACES: Correct type in use and properly tightened. COUPLERS: Correct type in use and properly ed, and secured.

PLANKS: Sound, closely laid, properly ed, and secured. GUARDRAILS AND TOEBOARDS: In place to prevent falls wherever men or materials could fall more than 1.8 meters (6 feet).

LADDERS: ln good condition, properly ed and secured.

r85

5.

System Scaffolding

System scaffolding also known as Unit Frame, Tubular Welded Frame, or Pateni Scaffotding, is composed wholly or partly of prefabricated sections. There are many types of System Scaffolding available which vary in design and methods of erection; however. The same basic principles set out in 9.4 apply and the following matters warrant particular attention.

5.1

To be erected, altered, and dismantled by experienced men, under the direction of a

competent

supervisor.

5.2

Periodic inspections shall be made of all parts and accessories. Broken, bent, altered, excessively rusted, or otherwise structurally damaged frames or accessories shall not be used.

5.3

All

System Scaffolding shall be constructed and erected to four times the maximum intended

loads. 5.4

5.5

Scaffold legs shall be pitched on steel base plates and on timber sole plates or pads as necessary. Adjustable plate's base plates shall be used to compensate for variations in ground level. Scaffolds shall be properly braced by cross braces or diagonal braces, or both, for securing vertical of such length as will autornatically square and align vertical so that the erected scaffold is always plump, square, and rigid. All brace mqpgbers together laterally. The cross braces shall be

connections shall be made secure 5.6

The frames shall be placed one on the top of the other with coupling or stacking pins to ensure proper vertical alignment of the legs.

5.7

Wltere uplift may occur, s or frames shall be locked together vertically by pins or other equivalent suitable means.

5.8 6.

System seaffolding over 38 meters (125 feet) in height shall be specially designed.

Independent Tied Scaffolds (Tube and Coupler Construction) (Figure II.23) 6.1

An Independent Tied Scaffold (also known as a Double Pole Scaffold) consists of a double row of standards connected together longitudinally with ledgers and with transoms at right angles to the ledgers. Braces and ties are essential for stability. This is the most commoR form of access scaffolding and is divided into three groups.

6.2

l.

Light Duty: for painting, cleaning, etc.

2.

General Purpose: when materials are deposited on the platforms.

3.

Heavy Duty: where the deposited material is of a more substantial nature.

Light Duty Independent Tied Scaffolds For general requirements, see 5.

6.2.1

Design, Loading and Dimensions

A Light Duty

Independent Tied Scaffold shall have only one working platform in use at any one time, and the maximum distributed load on the platform shall be 7 I 8 kPa ( I slb/sq ft)

r80

with any standards 2.7 meters (9 feet) apart longitudinally. Not more than one other platform may be planked out for the purpose of erecting, dismantling, or access.

6.2.2

Decking The decking between the standards shall not be more than four 23 centimeters (9 inch) planks wide. It is permissible to place an additional plank between the inner standards and the building or structure if the space allows, and properly secured.

6.2.3 Limitations

i

Light Duty Independent Tied Scaffolds erected in accordance with these directions, with not more than one working platforms and one additional platform, may be used up to a mar
General Purpose Independent Tied Scaffold For general requirements, see 4.

_-,U.r.,

Design, Loading and Dimensions

A General Purpose Independent Tied Scaffold may have up to four working platforms in use at any one time. The maximum distributed load on each platform shall.not exceed. 1.8 kPa (37 lb/sq ft) with standards not more than 2.1 meters (7 feet) apart longitudinally. Not more than

I I

one other platform may be planked out for the purpose of erecting, dismantling, or access.

r

6.3.2

I

'.

I

r

6.3.3

Decking

The decking between slandards should not be more than five 23 centimeter (9 inch) planks wide. lt is permissible to place one plank between the inner standard and the building or structure if space allows, and if properly seqUred. Limitations General Purpose Independent Tied Scaffolds erected in u""orduni with these directions, with hot more than four working platforms, may be used up to a maximum of 46 meters (150 feet). General Purpose lndependent Tied Scaffolds departing from these directions shall be specially

I

I

designed.

r

t

I

6.4

Heavy Duty Independent Tied

Scaffolds

i\

For general requirements, see 5.

6.4.1

Design, Loading, and Dimensions

A HeavyDuty

Independent Tied Scaffolding may have up to two working platforms in use with a manimum distributed load of 2.8 kPa (60 lb/sq ft) on each platform. An additional two general purpose platforms with a ma:
t??

srAiloABOtt

LEOGER ERACE

I li" I ll -.

tl I t

$.

\r

SWAY BRACE

SOLE PTATES

FIGUBE

oO

II.23

BASIC INDEPENOENT SCATFOLD

-''

6.4.2 Decking

The decking shall be fle 23 meter (9 inch) planks wide. It is permissible to place a sixth plank between the innerrow of standards and the face of the building or structure if the space allow, and if properly secured.

6.4.3

Limitations Heavy Duty Independent 'l-ied Scaffolds erectcd in accordance with these directions, witlr not more than two maximum load carrying platforms and two general purpose platforms as specified, may be used up to maximum height of 46 metdrs (150 feet). Heavy Duty Independent Tied Scaffolds departing from these directions shall be specially designed.

7.

Tower Scaffolds

A Tower Scaffold

consists

of four or more standards connected

tcigether longitudinally

with ledgers,

and

transoms at right angles to the ledgers, forming a square or rectangular tower. Alternatively a Tower Scaffold may be constructed of System Scaffolding (see 5). It has a single working platform and is a common form, of access scaffolding for painters and others who do not work of a light nature and of short duration.

7.1

GsmralRequirements For general requirement, see 9.4 and where System Scaffolding is to be used, see 9.!.

7.2

Design, Loading and Dimensions

A Tower Scaffold shall have only one working platform and the maximurn distributed load shall be 1.4 kPa (30 lb/sq ft) distributed over the working platform.

The height from the base to workihg platform of a 'fower Scaffotd shall not exceed four times the minimum base dimension. In no case shall the minimum base dimension be less than 1.2 nteters (4 feet).

'7.3

Ledgers and Transom;

The vertical spacing of ledgers and transoms shatl not exceed 2.7 meters fq feil or be greater than the minimum bdse dimension of the tower. The Iowest ledgers and transoms shall be secured to the standards with load bearing couplers. 7.4

Bracing

full height of the scaffold. Plan bracing is also lift to prevent racking.

Sway bracing is necessary on all four elevations to the required at the base, at the top, and at every third 7.5

Ties

Tower Scaffolds m6re than 9.8 meters (32 fee| in height shall be adequately tied to a building or structure. Where tying to a building or structure is impracticable, one of the following methods of ensuring stability shall be used:

1. Guy wires at a slope of approximately 45 connected to the tower at high level. 2. Bottom comers of the tower securely anchored. 3. Adequate weights at the base of the tower.

I?q

4.

Outriggers extending to the ground shall be used.

The strength of the guy wires or of the anchorage or the weight of the kentledge used shall be calculated, having due regard to the horizontal wind forces and other known forces which will be applied to the tower. 7.6

Decking The single working platform of a Tower Scaffold shall not project beyond the base area.

7.7

Access

Where the means of access to the working platform is oulside the tower structure, due consideration must be given to the effect of such means of access on the stability of the scaffold. Where a sloping ladder would cause instability, a secured fixed vertical ladder may be used. 7.8

Limitations Where the means of access to the working platform is outside the tower structure, due consideration must be given to the effect of such means of access on the stability of the scaffold. Where a sloping ldder would cause instability, a secured fixed vertical ladder may be used.

8.

Mobile Tower Scaffolds (Figure II.24) The requirements for Tower Scaffolds in 9.7 apply also to Mobile Tower Scaffolds with the exception that wheels are used in place of base plates and sole plates.

8.1

Foundations

Wheels or casters, not less than 12.7 centimeters (5 inches) in diamet6r, and fitted with brakes which cannot be released accidentally, shall be securely fixed to the bases of the standards by lock pirrs or dowels.

A Mobile Tower Scaffold shall only be used and moved on surfaces sufficiently firm and level to ensure stability. Where the scaflold is to be used on a suspended floor, it shall be designed to apply loads no greater tharTthe bearing capacity of the floor. Temporary foundations or track laid on soft or uneven ground to facilitate the erection and movement of the tower shall be constructed and anchored so that its bearing capacity is not exceeded due to imposed loading from the tower. The track shall be level and properly secured. 8.2

Operation

A Mobile Tower Scaffold shall be moved only by pushing or pulling at the base. Force must flot be applied at a height greater than 1.4 meters (4 feet, 6 inches) above the base. No men, equipment, or materials shall be on the working platform or elsewhere on the structure while it is in motion. Wheel brakes shall be applied at all times men are on the scaffold. 8.3

Limitations

Mobile Tower Seaffolds, erected and used in accordance with these directions, ed on four wheels, and with one working platform, may be used up to a maximum height of 12 meters (40 feet). Mobile Tower Scaffolds departing frorn these directions shall be specially designed and properly secured. (See 9.7.5)

190

9.

Scaffolds for Tanks and Vessels

9.1

Bracket Scaffolds

9.1.1 9.1

.2

Bracket and bracket straps shall be constructed, fixed and erected as shown in Figure II.25.

It is essential that the brackets, straps, and welds are of sufficient strength to the weight of the scaffold, men, tools, and materials.

9.1.3

The brackets straps shall be welded to the wall of the tank by a certified welder. The weld shall be a full 5 millimeters (3/6 inch) fillet and be made as shown in Figure I1.32.

9.1.4

The weld shall be made with the same electrode as is used ior main weld ts. The ends must be backed up to fill the crater. Before the bracket is attached to the strap, the weld shall be inspected by a competent welding inspector or welding supervisor who will approve and accept the weld.

9.1.5

Brackets shall be inspected prior to each use and damaged or defective brackets removed frorn service. Brackets shall be vertical and spacing shall not exceed 2.5 meters (8 feet).

9.Ui

Rigid guardrails, midrails, and toeboards shall be securely fixed to the uprights of the brackets at 106 meters (42 inches) and 5l centimeters (20 inches) from the platform respectively. Alternatively, 3/8 inch wire ropes may be used in place of guardrails and midrails providing that they are securely fixed and kept taut by the use oftum buckles.

9.1.7

Wherever men are working, the decking shall be fully planked with at least three 23 cenlimeter

(9 inch) planks.

9.1.8

10.

Excessive storage or accumulation of materials or decking shall not be permitted.

SpecialScaffolds Scaffolds to suit special applitations, such as shores, cantilevers, drop and slung scaffold-s for pip'e bridges, etc. and those required for unusual heights or for use in abnormal circurnstances shall be specially designed, and the design shall be approved by the Aramco Engineering Design Section and Loss Prevention Department. Elevating and rotating platforms shall comply with ANSI A92-2-1969.

tql

Workino Places. Ladders and Scaffoldino GUARO RAII

IN

TERMEDIATE GUARORAIL

TOE BOARD

t]IIACE

ST

ANDARO

TFAIJSOM

L

I..EDGEI?

SWIVEL COUPLEP

At)OEF LASHlI,IG

.,T/HEEL LOCK OR BT]AKE

FIGURE

11.24

MOBlLE TOWER SCAF FOLO

ANGLE IRON

BRACKEI

BRACXEI:\TT

FIGURE

II.25 EBACKET

AND BRACKET STRAP

lqz

VEHICLE.Tq'NTEO AERI,AL PLTT76**

(scrssoR wPE)

AeRrau PuerrclRMs YEHICLE.IIOUN?ED AERIAL PI.ATFONU WTTH TELESCOPING ANO ROTATING BOOX

Boars'wAtNS Exetra

loI?SWAm CHln

(.llxual

r?3

EARPENTERIS B Ra,cKET Sca.rrtrlLEl

BnltrKLAyER,s SquaRe ScaFFELD

tlI

Fonv S cerprrLD

EurEr<EN S Cerro LD i:>

Haese ScarrclLrr

Fuoar ScarroLD

SUPPOFT ROPE

I

NreRroR

H

uNs

MaNUALLY Peo PELLED

Mosrle

S

carroLD

La.ooeclJacr ScerroLD

tr0

PneTaBRItrATED MoBILE Towep UNIr

MasqN's Muurt PotNr SuspfNDED

S

carrE !D

a

LATERAL

SUP?ORI'

oVEPXEAO PR07EC7t0r,

5CI.EEU OR C.AA'VAS

w

NeeDLE Beev ScarroLD

E UTnIciciER S carro

r_D

,9r

PUasTERERS DecoRATtrtRS ScaFFclLD

Puve ,a,t* ScarpoLD

le9

RooFING B nacKETs

EiINGLE PoINr SusPENsIclN. StrAFFoLD

EXreNstoru

P\OUEi

rlacnoilHorsr

fi)n(

Laot>ER

crGE

t,r{Gr.E 3U3PtI{OtOr.

S

TTTESTLE

carrrlLD

torxt

llAlftot-O

urmrNcomrxfiosT

,roltitn cnotl

Holt?Uonr GIOE

rllH trtlxsloxs

2bo

SroNe Serrees AouUsTABLE Muurr PorNr SuspErystEN ScerrELD

EaTENARY Sce,rrELD

?01

TugE AND

E

oUPLER S carrclLD

EaReENTER BReeKET

2oz

Two PoIrur SusPENDED ScerrrrLD

SWINGINGi

sitrAFFoLD

209.

WrNDow .Jacrc ScarroLD

Wooo pole ScerroLD 20.1

FagRItrATED FRRVS SiCETTtrlLD

I

sloE EI{D Bf,ACXET

n CoUPLING

ur

p BASE PI.ATE

HN

8C8At I PIT'E

EASE

265

Republic of the Philippines Department of Labor and Employment

BUREAU OF WORKING CONDITIOhIS Manila

Date

ANNUAL WORK ACCIDENTAL/ILLNESS EXPOSURE DATA REPORT Name of Establishment:

Nature of Business Address

EXPOSURE DATA Number of Employees: Total Hours Worked by All Employees During the Year: t-

INJURY SUMMARY

Total-All Disabling lnjuries/lllnesses: Total-Non-Disabling Inj uries: Frequency Rate:

Severity Rate:

General Manoger

1.

This report shall be accomplished whether or not there were accidenU illness occurrences during the period covered and submitted to the Regional Labor Offrce or local government having jurisdiction not later than 30ft day of the month followirtg the end of each calendar year.

2,

Frequency Rarc is lhe lotal number of disabling injuries per nillion-employee hour,t of exposure. Frequency Rate

3.

:

Total number of disabline injuries x 1.000.000 Employee-hours of Exposure

Severlty Role is the lotal nuntber of days lost or charged per million-employee hours of exposure.

Severity

Rate

:

Total number of'days lost or charged x 1.000.000 Employee-hours of Exposure

4.

Exposure is the total number of hours worked by all employees in each establishment including employees of operating production, maintenance, transportation, electrical, istrative, sales and other departments.

5.

Disabling tnjurles

-

work injuries, which result in death, permanent total disability, permanent partial disability or

temporary total disabi I ity

6.

Non-dkabllng lnJuries (Medical Treatment) or rnedical attention of any kind.

-

injurics which do not rcsult into disabling injuries but required first aid